Sgc stimulators

ABSTRACT

The present patent application discloses at least the compounds according to Formula I or Formula Ib shown below, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     wherein ring B, J B , n, J D , J, o, X, R C  and R A  are as described herein.

This application claims the priority of U.S. Provisional Application,No. 61/703,114, filed Sep. 19, 2012, the disclosures of whichapplication are incorporated by reference.

FIELD OF THE INVENTION

The present disclosure relates to stimulators of soluble guanylatecyclase (sGC), pharmaceutical formulations comprising thereof and theiruses, alone or in combination with one or more additional agents, fortreating and/or preventing various diseases, wherein an increase in theconcentration of nitric oxide (NO) or an increase in the concentrationof cyclic Guanosine Monophosphate (cGMP) might be desirable.

BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION

Soluble guanylate cyclase (sGC) is the primary receptor for nitric oxide(NO) in vivo. sGC can be activated via both NO-dependent andNO-independent mechanisms. In response to this activation, sGC convertsGTP into the secondary messenger cyclic GMP (cGMP). The increased levelof cGMP, in turn, modulates the activity of downstream effectorsincluding protein kinases, phosphodiesterases (PDEs) and ion channels.

In the body, NO is synthesized from arginine and oxygen by variousnitric oxide synthase (NOS) enzymes and by sequential reduction ofinorganic nitrate. Three distinct isoforms of NOS have been identified:inducible NOS (iNOS or NOS II) found in activated macrophage cells;constitutive neuronal NOS (nNOS or NOS I), involved in neurotransmissionand long term potentiation; and constitutive endothelial NOS (eNOS orNOS III) which regulates smooth muscle relaxation and blood pressure.

Experimental and clinical evidence indicates that reducedbioavailability and/or responsiveness to endogenously produced NOcontributes to the development of cardiovascular, endothelial, renal andhepatic disease, as well as erectile dysfunction and other sexualdisorders (e.g. female sexual disorder or vaginal atrophy), woundhealing. In particular, the NO signaling pathway is altered incardiovascular diseases, including, for instance, systemic and pulmonaryhypertension, portal hypertension, heart failure, angina, stroke,thrombosis, obstructive thromboanginitis and other thromboembolicdiseases, peripheral vascular disease, peripheral arterial disease,fibrosis of the liver, lung or kidney and atherosclerosis.

sGC stimulators are also useful in the treatment of lipid relateddisorders such as e.g., dyslipidemia, hypercholesterolemia,hypertriglyceridemia, sitosterolemia, fatty liver disease, andhepatitis.

Pulmonary hypertension (PH) is a disease characterized by sustainedelevation of blood pressure in the pulmonary vasculature (pulmonaryartery, pulmonary vein and pulmonary capillaries), which results inright heart hypertrophy, eventually leading to right heart failure anddeath. In PH, the bioactivity of NO and other vasodilators such asprostacyclin is reduced, whereas the production of endogenousvasoconstrictors such as endothelin is increased, resulting in excessivepulmonary vasoconstriction. sGC stimulators have been used to treat PHbecause they promote smooth muscle relaxation, which leads tovasodilation.

Treatment with NO-independent sGC stimulators also promoted smoothmuscle relaxation in the corpus cavernosum of healthy rabbits, rats andhumans, causing penile erection, indicating that sGC stimulators areuseful for treating erectile dysfunction.

NO-independent, heme-dependent, sGC stimulators, such as those disclosedherein, have several important differentiating characteristics,including crucial dependency on the presence of the reduced prostheticheme moiety for their activity, strong synergistic enzyme activationwhen combined with NO and stimulation of the synthesis of cGMP by directstimulation of sGC, independent of NO. The benzylindazole compound YC-1was the first sGC stimulator to be identified. Additional sGCstimulators with improved potency and specificity for sGC have sincebeen developed. These compounds have been shown to produceanti-aggregatory, anti-proliferative and vasodilatory effects.

Since compounds that stimulate sGC in an NO-independent manner offerconsiderable advantages over other current alternative therapies, thereis a need to develop novel stimulators of sGC. They are potentiallyuseful in the prevention, management and treatment of disorders such aspulmonary hypertension, arterial hypertension, portal hypertension,heart failure, atherosclerosis, inflammation, thrombosis, thrombogenicdisorders, obstructive thromboanginitis, renal fibrosis and failure,liver cirrhosis, lung fibrosis, erectile dysfunction, female sexualarousal disorder and vaginal atrophy, wound healingand othercardiovascular disorders; they are also potentially useful for theprevention, management and treatment of lipid related disorders.Compounds that stimulate sGC in an NO-independent manner are also usefulfor the treatment of shock and related complications.

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION

A compound according to Formula Ib, or a pharmaceutically acceptablesalt thereof,

wherein X is either carbon or nitrogen;

-   wherein either-   i) ring B is absent with J^(B) connected directly to the carbon atom    bearing two J groups, each J is independently selected from    hydrogen, methyl or fluorine, n is 1 and J^(B) is a C₁₋₆ alkyl chain    optionally substituted by up to 6 instances of fluorine; or-   ii) ring B is a phenyl or a 5 or 6-membered heteroaryl ring,    containing 1 or 2 ring heteroatoms selected from N, O or S; wherein    with ring B being the phenyl or 5 or 6-membered heteroaryl ring;    each J is hydrogen; n is an integer selected from 0 to 3; and each    J^(B) is independently selected from halogen, —CN, a C₁₋₆ aliphatic,    —OR^(B) or a C₃₋₈ cycloaliphatic group; wherein each said C₁₋₆    aliphatic and each said C₃₋₈ cycloaliphatic group is optionally and    independently substituted with up to 3 instances of R³; each R^(B)    is independently selected from hydrogen, a C₁₋₆ aliphatic or a C₃₋₈    cycloaliphatic; wherein each said C₁₋₆ aliphatic and each said C₃₋₈    cycloaliphatic ring is optionally and independently substituted with    up to 3 instances of R^(3a);-   each R³ is independently selected from halogen, —CN, C₁₋₄ alkyl,    C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, —O(C₁₋₄ alkyl) or —O(C₁₋₄ haloalkyl);-   each R^(3a) is independently selected from halogen, —CN, C₁₋₄ alkyl,    C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, —O(C₁₋₄ alkyl) or —O(C₁₋₄ haloalkyl);-   o is an integer selected from 0 to 3;-   each J^(D) is independently selected from halogen, —CN, —OR^(D),    —SR^(D), —C(O)R^(D), —C(O)OR^(D), —OC(O)R^(D), —C(O)N(R^(D))₂,    —N(R^(D))₂, —N(R^(d))C(O)R^(D), —N(R^(d))C(O)OR^(D),    —N(R^(d))C(O)N(R^(D))₂, —OC(O)N(R^(D))₂, —SO₂R^(D), —SO₂N(R^(D))₂,    —N(R^(d))SO₂R^(D), a C₁₋₆ aliphatic, —(C₁₋₆ aliphatic)-R^(D), a C₃₋₈    cycloaliphatic ring, a 6 to 10-membered aryl ring, a 4 to 8-membered    heterocyclic ring or a 5 to 10-membered heteroaryl ring; wherein    each said 4 to 8-membered heterocylic ring and-   each said 5 to 10-membered heteroaryl ring contains between 1 and 3    heteroatoms independently selected from O, N or S; and wherein each    said C₁₋₆ aliphatic, each said C₃-8 cycloaliphatic ring, each said 6    to 10-membered aryl ring, each said 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic    ring and each said 5 to 10-membered heteroaryl ring is optionally    and independently substituted with up to 3 instances of R⁵;-   each R^(D) is independently selected from hydrogen, a C₁₋₆    aliphatic, —(C₁₋₆ aliphatic)-R^(f), a C₃₋₈ cycloaliphatic ring, a 4    to 8-membered heterocyclic ring, phenyl or a 5 to 6-membered    heteroaryl ring; wherein each said 4 to 8-membered heterocylic ring    and each said 5 to 6-membered heteroaryl ring contains between 1 and    3 heteroatoms independently selected from O, N or S; and wherein    each said C₁₋₆ aliphatic, each said C₃₋₈ cycloaliphatic ring, each    said 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring, each said phenyl and each    said 5 to 6-membered heteroaryl ring is optionally and independently    substituted with up to 3 instances of R^(5a);-   each R^(d) is independently selected from hydrogen, a C₁₋₆    aliphatic, (C₁₋₆ aliphatic)-R^(f), a C₃₋₈ cycloaliphatic ring, a 4    to 8-membered heterocyclic ring, phenyl or a 5 to 6-membered    heteroaryl ring; wherein each said heterocylic ring and each said    heteroaryl ring contains between 1 and 3 heteroatoms independently    selected from O, N or S; and wherein each said C₁₋₆ aliphatic, each    said C₃₋₈ cycloaliphatic ring, each said 4 to 8-membered    heterocyclic ring, each said phenyl and each said 5 to 6-membered    heteroaryl ring is optionally and independently substituted by up to    3 instances of R^(5b);-   each R^(f) is independently selected from a C₃₋₈ cycloaliphatic    ring, a 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring, phenyl or a 5 to    6-membered heteroaryl ring; wherein each said heterocylic ring and    each said heteroaryl ring contains between 1 and 3 heteroatoms    independently selected from O, N or S; and wherein each said C₃₋₈    cycloaliphatic ring, each said 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring,    each said phenyl and each said 5 to 6-membered heteroaryl ring is    optionally and independently substituted by up to 3 instances of    R^(5c);-   when J^(D) is —C(O)N(R^(D))², —N(R^(D))₂, —N(R^(d))C(O)N(R^(D))²,    —OC(O)N(R^(D))₂ or —SO₂N(R^(D))₂, the two R^(D) groups together with    the nitrogen atom attached to the two R^(D) groups may form a 4 to    8-membered heterocyclic ring or a 5-membered heteroaryl ring;    wherein each said 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring and each said    5-membered heteroaryl ring optionally contains up to 2 additional    heteroatoms independently selected from N, O or S; and wherein each    said 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring and each said 5-membered    heteroaryl ring is optionally and independently substituted by up to    3 instances of R^(5d);-   when J^(D) is —N(R^(d))C(O)R^(D) the R^(D) group together with the    carbon atom attached to the R^(D) group, with the nitrogen atom    attached to the R^(d) group, and with the R^(d) group may form a 4    to 8-membered heterocyclic ring or a 5-membered heteroaryl ring;    wherein each said 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring and each said    5-membered heteroaryl ring optionally contains up to 2 additional    heteroatoms independently selected from N, O or S, and wherein each    said 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring and each said 5-membered    heteroaryl ring is optionally and independently substituted by up to    3 instances of R^(5d);-   when J^(D) is —N(R^(d))C(O)OR^(D) or —N(R^(d))C(O)N(R^(D))₂, the    R^(D) group together with the oxygen atom attached to the R^(D)    group, with the carbon atom of the —C(O)— portion of the    —N(R^(d))C(O)OR^(D) group, with the nitrogen atom attached to the    R^(d) group, or, alternatively one of the R^(D) groups attached to    the nitrogen atom, together with said nitrogen atom, and with the N    atom attached to the R^(d) group and said R^(d) group may form a 4    to 8-membered heterocyclic ring; wherein said 4 to 8-membered    heterocyclic ring optionally contains up to 2 additional heteroatoms    independently selected from N, O or S, and is optionally and    independently substituted by up to 3 instances of R^(5d);-   when J^(D) is —N(R^(d))SO₂R^(D), the R^(D) group together with the    sulfur atom attached to the R^(D) group, with the nitrogen atom    attached to the R^(d) group, and with the R^(d) group may combine to    form a 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring; wherein said 4 to    8-membered heterocyclic ring optionally contains up to 2 additional    heteroatoms independently selected from N, O or S, and is optionally    and independently substituted by up to 3 instances of R^(5d);-   each R⁵ is independently selected from halogen, —CN, C₁₋₄ alkyl,    —(C₁₋₄ alkyl)-R⁶, a C₇₋₁₂ aralkyl, C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl ring, C₁₋₄    cyanoalkyl, —OR⁶, —SR⁶, —OCOR⁶, —COR⁶, —C(O)OR⁶, —C(O)N(R⁶)₂,    —N(R⁶)C(O)R⁶, —N(R⁶)₂, —SO₂R⁶, —SO₂N(R⁶)₂, —N(R⁶)SO₂R⁶, phenyl or an    oxo group; wherein each said phenyl group is optionally and    independently substituted with up to 3 instances of halogen, —OH,    —NH₂, —NH(C₁₋₄ alkyl), —N(C₁₋₄ alkyl)₂, —NO₂, —CN, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄    haloalkyl, —O(C₁₋₄ alkyl) or —O(C₁₋₄ haloalkyl); and wherein each    said C₇₋₁₂ aralkyl, each said C₁₋₄ alkyl chainand each said C₃₋₈    cycloalkyl group is optionally and independently substituted with up    to 3 instances of halogen;-   each R^(5a) is independently selected from halogen, —CN, C₁₋₄ alkyl,    —(C₁₋₄ alkyl)-R⁶, a C₇₋₁₂ aralkyl, C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl ring, C₁₋₄    cyanoalkyl, —OR⁶, —SR⁶, —OCOR⁶, —COR⁶, —C(O)OR⁶, —C(O)N(R⁶)₂,    —N(R⁶)C(O)R⁶, —N(R⁶)₂, —SO₂R⁶, —SO₂N(R⁶)₂, —N(R⁶)SO₂R⁶, phenyl or an    oxo group; wherein each said phenyl group is optionally and    independently substituted with up to 3 instances of halogen, —OH,    —NH₂, —NH(C₁₋₄ alkyl), —N(C₁₋₄ alkyl)₂, —NO₂, —CN, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄    haloalkyl, —O(C₁₋₄ alkyl) or —O(C₁₋₄ haloalkyl); and wherein each    said C₇₋₁₂ aralkyl, each said C₁₋₄ alkyl chainand each said C₃₋₈    cycloalkyl group is optionally and independently substituted with up    to 3 instances of halogen;-   each R^(5b) is independently selected from halogen, —CN, C₁₋₄ alkyl,    —(C₁₋₄ alkyl)-R⁶, a C₇₋₁₂ aralkyl, C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl ring, C₁₋₄    cyanoalkyl, —OR⁶, —SR⁶, —OCOR⁶, —COR⁶, —C(O)OR⁶, —C(O)N(R⁶)₂,    —N(R⁶)C(O)R⁶, —N(R⁶)₂, —SO₂R⁶, —SO₂N(R⁶)₂, —N(R⁶)SO₂R⁶, phenyl or an    oxo group; wherein each said phenyl group is optionally and    independently substituted with up to 3 instances of halogen, —OH,    —NH₂, —NH(C₁₋₄ alkyl), —N(C₁₋₄ alkyl)₂, —NO₂, —CN, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄    haloalkyl, —O(C₁₋₄ alkyl) or —O(C₁₋₄ haloalkyl); and wherein each    said C₇₋₁₂ aralkyl, each said C₁₋₄ alkyl chain and each said C₃₋₈    cycloalkyl group is optionally and independently substituted with up    to 3 instances of halogen;-   each R^(5c) is independently selected from halogen, —CN, C₁₋₄ alkyl,    —(C₁₋₄ alkyl)-R⁶, a C₇₋₁₂ aralkyl, C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl ring, C₁₋₄    cyanoalkyl, —OR⁶, —SR⁶, —OCOR⁶, —COR⁶, —C(O)OR⁶, —C(O)N(R⁶)₂,    —N(R⁶)C(O)R⁶, —N(R⁶)₂, —SO₂R⁶, —SO₂N(R⁶)₂, —N(R⁶)SO₂R⁶, phenyl or an    oxo group; wherein each said phenyl group is optionally and    independently substituted with up to 3 instances of halogen, —OH,    —NH₂, —NH(C₁₋₄ alkyl), —N(C₁₋₄ alkyl)₂, —NO₂, —CN, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄    haloalkyl, —O(C₁₋₄ alkyl) or —O(C₁₋₄ haloalkyl); and wherein each    said C₇₋₁₂ aralkyl, each said C₁₋₄ alkyl chain and each said C₃₋₈    cycloalkyl group is optionally and independently substituted with up    to 3 instances of halogen;-   each R^(5d) is independently selected from halogen, —CN, C₁₋₄ alkyl,    —(C₁₋₄ alkyl)-R⁶, a C₇₋₁₂ aralkyl, C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl ring, C₁₋₄    cyanoalkyl, —OR⁶, —SR⁶, —OCOR⁶, —COR⁶, —C(O)OR⁶, —C(O)N(R⁶)₂,    —N(R⁶)C(O)R⁶, —N(R⁶)₂, —SO₂R⁶, —SO₂N(R⁶)₂, —N(R⁶)SO₂R⁶, phenyl or an    oxo group; wherein each said phenyl group is optionally and    independently substituted with up to 3 instances of halogen, —OH,    —NH₂, —NH(C₁₋₄ alkyl), —N(C₁₋₄ alkyl)₂, —NO₂, —CN, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄    haloalkyl, —O(C₁₋₄ alkyl) or —O(C₁₋₄ haloalkyl); and wherein each    said C₇₋₁₂ aralkyl, each said C₁₋₄ alkyl chain and each said C₃₋₈    cycloalkyl group is optionally and independently substituted with up    to 3 instances of halogen;-   each R⁶ is independently selected from hydrogen, a C₁₋₄ alkyl, a    C₂₋₄ alkenyl, phenyl, a C₇₋₁₂ aralkyl or a C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl ring;    wherein each said C₁₋₄ alkyl, each said C₂₋₄ alkenyl, each said    phenyl, each said C₇₋₁₂ aralkyl and each said cycloalkyl group is    optionally and independently substituted with up to 3 instances of    halogen;-   alternatively, two instances of R⁶ linked to the same nitrogen atom    of R⁵, R^(5a), R^(5b), R^(5c) or R^(5d), together with said nitrogen    atom of R⁵, R^(5a), R^(5b), R^(5c) or R^(5d), respectively, may form    a 5 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring or a 5-membered heteroaryl ring;    wherein each said 5 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring and each said    5-membered heteroaryl ring optionally contains up to 2 additional    heteroatoms independently selected from N, O or S; or-   alternatively, one instance of R⁶ linked to a nitrogen atom of R⁵,    R^(5a), R^(5b), R^(5c) or R^(5d) and one instance of R⁶ linked to a    carbon or sulfur atom of the same R⁵, R^(5a), R^(5b), R^(5c) or    R^(5d), respectively, together with said nitrogen and said carbon or    sulfur atom of the same R⁵, R^(5a), R^(5b), R^(5c) or R^(5d),    respectively, may form a 5 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring or a    5-membered heteroaryl ring; wherein each said 5 to 8-membered    heterocyclic ring and each said 5-membered heteroaryl ring    optionally contains up to 2 additional heteroatoms independently    selected from N, O or S;-   alternatively, two J^(D) groups attached to two vicinal ring D    atoms, taken together with said two vicinal ring D atoms, form a 5    to 7-membered heterocycle or a 5-membered heteroaryl ring that is    fused to ring D; wherein said 5 to 7-membered heterocycle or said    5-membered ring heteroaryl contains from 1 to 3 heteroatoms    independently selected from N, O or S; and wherein said 5 to    7-membered heterocycle or said 5-membered heteroaryl ring is    optionally and independently substituted by up to 3 instances of oxo    or -(Y)-R⁹;-   wherein Y is either absent or is a linkage in the form of a C₁₋₆    alkyl chain, optionally substituted by up to 6 instances of fluoro;

each R⁹ is independently selected from hydrogen, —CN, —OR¹⁰, —COR¹⁰,—OC(O)R¹⁰, —C(O)OR¹⁰, —C(O)N(R¹⁰)², —C(O)N(R¹⁰)SO₂R¹⁰, —N(R¹⁰)C(O)R¹⁰,—N(R¹⁰)C(O)OR¹⁰, —N(R¹⁰)C(O)N(R¹⁰, —N(R¹⁰)², —SO₂R¹⁰, —SO₂N(R¹⁰)₂,—SO₂N(R¹⁰)COOR¹⁰, —SO₂N(R¹⁰)C(O)R¹⁰, —N(R¹⁰)SO₂R¹⁰, a C3-6 cycloalkylring, a 4-8-membered heterocyclic ring, a phenyl ring or a 5-6 memberedheteroaroaryl ring; wherein each said 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ringor 5 to 6-membered heteroaryl ring contains up to 4 ring heteroatomsindependently selected from N, O or S; and wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl rings, each of said 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic rings, eachof said phenyl and each of said 5 to 6-membered heteroaryl rings isoptionally substituted with up to 3 instances of R^(11a);

-   wherein each R¹⁰ is independently selected from hydrogen, a C₁₋₆    alkyl, phenyl, benzyl, a C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl ring, a 4 to 7-membered    heterocyclic ring or a 5 or 6-membered heteroaryl ring, wherein each    5 or 6-membered heteroaryl ring or 4 to 7-membered heterocyclic ring    contains up to 4 ring heteroatoms independently selected from N, O    and S; and wherein each of said C₁₋₆ alkyl, each said phenyl, each    said benzyl, each said C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl group, each said 4 to    7-membered heterocyclic ring and each 5 or 6-membered heteroaryl    ring is optionally and independently substituted with up to 3    instances of R^(11b);-   each R^(11a) is independently selected from halogen, C₁₋₆ alkyl,    —CN, —OR¹², —COR¹², —C(O)OR¹², —C(O)N(R¹²)₂, —N(R¹²)C(O)R¹²,    —N(R¹²)C(O)OR¹², —N(R¹²)C(O)N(R¹²)₂, —N(R¹²)₂, —SO₂R¹², —SO₂N(R¹²)₂    or —N(R¹²)SO₂R¹²; wherein each of said C₁₋₆ alkyl is optionally and    independently substituted by up to 6 instances of fluoro and/or 3    instances of R¹²;-   each R^(11b) is independently selected from halogen, C₁₋₆ alkyl,    —CN, —OR¹², —COR¹², —C(O)OR¹², —C(O)N(R¹²)₂, —N(R¹²)C(O)R¹²,    —N(R¹²)C(O)OR¹², —N(R¹²)C(O)N(R¹²)₂, —N(R¹²)₂, —SO₂R¹², —SO₂N(R¹²)₂    or —N(R¹²)SO₂R¹²; wherein each of said C₁₋₆ alkyl is optionally and    independently substituted by up to 6 instances of fluoro and/or 3    instances of R¹²;-   each R¹² is selected from C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ (fluoroalkyl), —OH, —NH₂,    —NH(C₁₋₄ alkyl), —N(C₁₋₄ alkyl)₂, —CN, —COOH, —COO(C₁₋₄ alkyl),    —O(C₁₋₄ alkyl), —O(C₁₋₄ fluoroalkyl) or oxo;-   R^(C) is either-   i) a ring C; or-   ii) R^(c) is selected from halogen, —CN, C₁₋₆ alkyl, —(C₁₋₆    alkyl)-R^(N), —OR^(K), —COR^(K), —OC(O)R^(K), —C(O)OR^(K),    —C(O)N(R^(K))₂, —N(R^(k))C(O)R^(K), —N(R^(k))C(O)OR^(K),    —N(R^(k))C(O)N(R^(K))₂, —N(R^(K))₂, —SO₂R^(K), —SO₂N(R^(K))₂ or    —N(R^(k))SO₂R^(K); wherein said Rc that is a C₁₋₆ alkyl is    optionally and independently substituted with up to 6 instances of    fluoro and/or up to 3 instances of R^(7c)1;-   each R^(k) is independently selected from hydrogen or a C1-6 alkyl;-   each R^(K) is independently selected from hydrogen, a C₁₋₆ alkyl, a    phenyl ring, a monocyclic 5 or 6-membered heteroaryl ring, a    monocyclic C3-6 cycloaliphatic ring, or a monocyclic 4 to 6-membered    heterocycle; wherein said monocyclic 5 or 6-membered heteroaryl ring    or said monocyclic 4 to 6-membered heterocycle contain between 1 and    4 heteroatoms selected from N, O or S; wherein said monocyclic 5 or    6-membered heteroaryl ring is not a 1,3,5-triazinyl ring; and    wherein said phenyl, said monocyclic 5 to 6-membered heteroaryl    ring, said monocyclic C3-6 cycloaliphatic ring, or said monocyclic 4    to 6-membered heterocycle is optionally and independently    substituted with up to 6 instances of fluoro and/or up to 3    instances of J^(M); and wherein each R^(K) that is a C₁₋₆ alkyl is    optionally and independently substituted by up to 3 instances of    R^(7d);-   each R^(N) is independently selected from a phenyl ring, a    monocyclic 5 or 6-membered heteroaryl ring, a monocyclic C3-6    cycloaliphatic ring, or a monocyclic 4 to 6-membered heterocycle;    wherein said monocyclic 5 or 6-membered heteroaryl ring or said    monocyclic 4 to 6-membered heterocycle contain between 1 and 4    heteroatoms selected from N, O or S; wherein said monocyclic 5 or    6-membered heteroaryl ring is not a 1,3,5-triazinyl ring; and    wherein said phenyl, said monocyclic 5 to 6-membered heteroaryl    ring, said monocyclic C₃₋₆ cycloaliphatic ring, or said monocyclic 4    to 6-membered heterocycle is optionally and independently    substituted with up to 6 instances of fluoro and/or up to 3    instances of J^(M);-   each J^(M) is independently selected from —CN, a C₁₋₆ aliphatic,    —OR^(M), —SR^(M), —N(R^(M))₂, a C₃₋₈ cycloaliphatic ring or a 4 to    8-membered heterocyclic ring; wherein said 4 to 8-membered    heterocyclic ring contains 1 or 2 heteroatoms independently selected    from N, O or S; wherein each said C₁₋₆ aliphatic, each said C₃₋₈    cycloaliphatic ring and each said 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring,    is optionally and independently substituted with up to 3 instances    of R^(7c);-   each R^(M) is independently selected from hydrogen, a C₁₋₆    aliphatic, a C₃₋₈ cycloaliphatic ring or a 4 to 8-membered    heterocyclic ring; wherein each said 4 to 8-membered heterocylic    ring contains between 1 and 3 heteroatoms independently selected    from O, N or S; and wherein each said C₁₋₆ aliphatic, each said C₃₋₈    cycloaliphatic ring and each said 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring,    is optionally and independently substituted with up to 3 instances    of R^(7e);-   ring C is a phenyl ring, a monocyclic 5 or 6-membered heteroaryl    ring, a bicyclic 8 to 10-membered heteroaryl ring, a monocyclic 3 to    10-membered cycloaliphatic ring, or a monocyclic 4 to 10-membered    heterocycle; wherein said monocyclic 5 or 6-membered heteroaryl    ring, said bicyclic 8 to 10-membered heteroaryl ring, or said    monocyclic 4 to 10-membered heterocycle contain between 1 and 4    heteroatoms selected from N, O or S; wherein said monocyclic 5 or    6-membered heteroaryl ring is not a 1,3,5-triazinyl ring; and    wherein said phenyl, monocyclic 5 to 6-membered heteroaryl ring,    bicyclic 8 to 10-membered heteroaryl ring, monocyclic 3 to    10-membered cycloaliphatic ring, or monocyclic 4 to 10-membered    heterocycle is optionally and independently substituted with up to 3    instances of J^(C);-   each J^(C) is independently selected from halogen, —CN, NO₂, a C₁₋₆    aliphatic, —OR^(H), —SR^(H), —N(R^(H))₂, a C₃₋₈ cycloaliphatic ring    or a 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring; wherein said 4 to 8-membered    heterocyclic ring contains 1 or 2 heteroatoms independently selected    from N, O or S; wherein each said C₁₋₆ aliphatic, each said C₃₋₈    cycloaliphatic ring and each said 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring,    is optionally and independently substituted with up to 3 instances    of R⁷; or-   alternatively, two J^(C) groups attached to two vicinal ring C    atoms, taken together with said two vicinal ring C atoms, form a 5    to 7-membered heterocycle that is a new ring fused to ring C;    wherein said 5 to 7-membered heterocycle contains from 1 to 2    heteroatoms independently selected from N, O or S;-   each R^(H) is independently selected from hydrogen, a C₁₋₆    aliphatic, a C₃₋₈ cycloaliphatic ring or a 4 to 8-membered    heterocyclic ring ; wherein each said 4 to 8-membered heterocylic    ring contains between 1 and 3 heteroatoms independently selected    from O, N or S; and wherein each said C₁₋₆ aliphatic, each said C₃₋₈    cycloaliphatic ring and each said 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring,    is optionally and independently substituted with up to 3 instances    of R^(7a);-   alternatively, two instances of R^(H) linked to the same nitrogen    atom of —N(R^(H))₂, together with said nitrogen atom of —N(R^(H))₂,    form a 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring or a 5-membered heteroaryl    ring; wherein each said 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring and each    said 5-membered heteroaryl ring optionally contains up to 2    additional heteroatoms independently selected from N, O or S, and    wherein each said 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring and each said    5-membered heteroaryl ring is optionally and independently    substituted by up to 3 instances of R^(7b);-   each R⁷ is independently selected from halogen, —CN, —NO₂, C₁₋₄    alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl ring, C₃₋₈ (halocycloalkyl)    ring, —OR⁸, —SR⁸, —N(R⁸)₂, or an oxo group;-   each R^(7a) is independently selected from halogen, —CN, —NO₂, C₁₋₄    alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl ring, C₃₋₈ (halocycloalkyl)    ring, —OR⁸, —SR⁸, —N(R⁸)₂, or an oxo group;-   each R^(7b) is independently selected from halogen, —CN, —NO₂, C₁₋₄    alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl ring, C₃₋₈ (halocycloalkyl)    ring, —OR⁸, —SR⁸, —N(R⁸)₂, or an oxo group;-   each R^(7c) is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, —CN,    —NO₂, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl ring, —OR⁸, —SR⁸,    —N(R⁸)₂, or an oxo group; wherein each said cycloalkyl group is    optionally and independently substituted with up to 3 instances of    halogen;-   each R^(7d) is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, —CN,    —NO₂, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl ring, —OR⁸, —SR⁸,    —N(R⁸)₂, or an oxo group; wherein each said cycloalkyl group is    optionally and independently substituted with up to 3 instances of    halogen;-   each R^(7e) is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, —CN,    —NO₂, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl ring, —OR⁸, —SR⁸,    —N(R⁸)₂, or an oxo group; wherein each said cycloalkyl group is    optionally and independently substituted with up to 3 instances of    halogen;-   each R⁸ is independently selected from hydrogen, a C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄    haloalkyl or a C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl ring, C₃₋₈ (halocycloalkyl)    ringalternatively, two instances of R⁸ linked to the same nitrogen    atom of R⁷, R^(7a), R^(7b), R^(7c), R^(7d) or R^(7e), together with    said nitrogen atom of R⁷, R^(7a), R^(7b), R^(7c), R^(7d) or R^(7e),    form a 5 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring or a 5-membered heteroaryl    ring; wherein each said 5 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring and each    said 5-membered heteroaryl ring optionally contains up to 2    additional heteroatoms independently selected from N, O or S; and-   R^(A) is selected from hydrogen, halogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl or C₁₋₄    haloalkyl.

The present invention is also directed to compounds according to FormulaI, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof,

-   wherein, ring B is a phenyl or a 5 or 6-membered heteroaryl ring,    containing 1 or 2 ring heteroatoms selected from N, O or S;-   n is an integer selected from 0 to 3;-   each J^(B) is independently selected from halogen, —CN, a C₁₋₆    aliphatic, —OR^(B) or a C₃₋₈ cycloaliphatic group; wherein each said    C₁₋₆ aliphatic and each said C₃₋₈ cycloaliphatic group is optionally    and independently substituted with up to 3 instances of R³;-   each R^(B) is independently selected from hydrogen, a C₁₋₆ aliphatic    or a C₃₋₈ cycloaliphatic; wherein each said C₁₋₆ aliphatic and each    said C₃₋₈ cycloaliphatic ring is optionally and independently    substituted with up to 3 instances of R^(3a);-   each R³ is independently selected from halogen, —CN, C₁₋₄ alkyl,    C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, —O(C₁₋₄ alkyl) or —O(C₁₋₄ haloalkyl);-   each R^(3a) is independently selected from halogen, —CN, C₁₋₄ alkyl,    C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, —O(C₁₋₄ alkyl) or —O(C₁₋₄ haloalkyl);-   o is an integer selected from 0 to 3;-   each J^(D) is independently selected from halogen, —NO₂, —OR^(D),    —SR^(S), —C(O)R^(D), —C(O)OR^(D), —C(O)N(R^(D))₂, —CN, —N(R^(D))₂,    —N(R^(d))C(O)R^(D), —N(R^(d))C(O)OR^(D), —SO₂R^(D), —SO₂N(R^(D))₂,    —N(R^(d))SO₂R^(D), a C₁₋₆ aliphatic, —(C₁₋₆ aliphatic)-R^(D), a C₃₋₈    cycloaliphatic ring, a 6 to 10-membered aryl ring, a 4 to 8-membered    heterocyclic ring or a 5 to 10-membered heteroaryl ring; wherein    each said 4 to 8-membered heterocylic ring and each said 5 to    10-membered heteroaryl ring contains between 1 and 3 heteroatoms    independently selected from O, N or S; and wherein each said C₁₋₆    aliphatic, each said C₃₋₈ cycloaliphatic ring, each said 6 to    10-membered aryl ring, each said 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring    and each said 5 to 10-membered heteroaryl ring is optionally and    independently substituted with up to 3 instances of R⁵;-   each R^(D) is independently selected from hydrogen, a C₁₋₆    aliphatic, —(C₁₋₆ aliphatic)-R^(f), a C₃₋₈ cycloaliphatic ring, a 4    to 8-membered heterocyclic ring, phenyl or a 5 to 6-membered    heteroaryl ring; wherein each said 4 to 8-membered heterocylic ring    and each said 5 to 6-membered heteroaryl ring contains between 1 and    3 heteroatoms independently selected from O, N or S; and wherein    each said C₁₋₆ aliphatic, each said C₃₋₈ cycloaliphatic ring, each    said 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring, each said phenyl and each    said 5 to 6-membered heteroaryl ring is optionally and independently    substituted with up to 3 instances of R^(5a);-   each R^(d) is independently selected from hydrogen, a C₁₋₆    aliphatic, (C₁₋₆ aliphatic)-R^(f), a C₃₋₈ cycloaliphatic ring, a 4    to 8-membered heterocyclic ring, phenyl or a 5 to 6-membered    heteroaryl ring; wherein each said heterocylic ring and each said    heteroaryl ring contains between 1 and 3 heteroatoms independently    selected from O, N or S; and wherein each said C₁₋₆ aliphatic, each    said C₃₋₈ cycloaliphatic ring, each said 4 to 8-membered    heterocyclic ring, each said phenyl and each said 5 to 6-membered    heteroaryl ring is optionally and independently substituted by up to    3 instances of R^(5b);-   each R^(f) is independently selected from a C₃₋₈ cycloaliphatic    ring, a 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring, phenyl or a 5 to    6-membered heteroaryl ring; wherein each said heterocylic ring and    each said heteroaryl ring contains between 1 and 3 heteroatoms    independently selected from O, N or S; and wherein each said C₃₋₈    cycloaliphatic ring, each said 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring,    each said phenyl and each said 5 to 6-membered heteroaryl ring is    optionally and independently substituted by up to 3 instances of    R^(5c);-   when J^(D) is —C(O)N(R^(D))₂, —N(R^(D))₂ or —SO₂N(R^(D))₂, the two    R^(D) groups together with the nitrogen atom attached to the R^(D)    groups alternatively form a 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring or a    5-membered heteroaryl ring; wherein each said 4 to 8-membered    heterocyclic ring and each said 5-membered heteroaryl ring    optionally contains up to 2 additional heteroatoms independently    selected from N, O or S, and wherein each said 4 to 8-membered    heterocyclic ring and each said 5-membered heteroaryl ring is    optionally and independently substituted by up to 3 instances of R⁵;-   when J^(D) is —N(R^(d))C(O)R^(D), the R^(D) group together with the    carbon atom attached to the R^(D) group, with the nitrogen atom    attached to the R^(d) group, and with the R^(d) group alternatively    form a 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring or a 5-membered heteroaryl    ring; wherein each said 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring and each    said 5-membered heteroaryl ring optionally contains up to 2    additional heteroatoms independently selected from N, O or S, and    wherein each said 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring and each said    5-membered heteroaryl ring is optionally and independently    substituted by up to 3 instances of R⁵;-   when J^(D) is —N(R^(d))C(O)OR^(D), the R^(D) group together with the    oxygen atom attached to the R^(D) group, with the carbon atom of the    —C(O)— portion of the —N(R^(d))C(O)OR^(D) group, with the nitrogen    atom attached to the R^(d) group, and with the R^(d) group    alternatively form a 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring or a    5-membered heteroaryl ring; wherein each said 4 to 8-membered    heterocyclic ring and each said 5-membered heteroaryl ring    optionally contains up to 2 additional heteroatoms independently    selected from N, O or S, and wherein each said 4 to 8-membered    heterocyclic ring and each said 5-membered heteroaryl ring is    optionally and independently substituted by up to 3 instances of R⁵;-   when J^(D) is —N(R^(d))SO₂R^(D), the R^(D) group together with the    oxygen atom attached to the R^(D) group, with the sulfur atom    attached to said oxygen atom in the SO₂R^(D) portion of the    —N(R^(d))SO₂R^(D) group, with the nitrogen atom attached to the    R^(d) group, and with the R^(d) group alternatively form a 4 to    8-membered heterocyclic ring or a 5-membered heteroaryl ring;-   wherein each said 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring and each said    5-membered heteroaryl ring optionally contains up to 2 additional    heteroatoms independently selected from N, O or S, and wherein each    said 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring and each said 5-membered    heteroaryl ring is optionally and independently substituted by up to    3 instances of R⁵;-   each R⁵ is independently selected from halogen, —CN, —NO₂, C₁₋₄    alkyl, a C₇₋₁₂ aralkyl, C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl ring, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₄    cyanoalkyl, —OR⁶, —SR⁶, —OCOR⁶, —COR⁶, —C(O)OR⁶, —C(O)N(R⁶)₂,    —N(R⁶)C(O)R⁶, —N(R⁶)₂, —SO₂R⁶, —SO₂N(R⁶)₂, —N(R⁶)SO₂R⁶, phenyl or an    oxo group; wherein each said phenyl group is optionally and    independently substituted with up to 3 instances of halogen, —OH,    —NH₂, —NH(C₁₋₄ alkyl), —N(C₁₋₄ alkyl)₂, —NO₂, —CN, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄    haloalkyl, —O(C₁₋₄ alkyl) or —O(C₁₋₄ haloalkyl); and wherein each    said C₇₋₁₂ aralkyl and each said cycloalkyl group is optionally and    independently substituted with up to 3 instances of halogen;-   each R⁵ is independently selected from halogen, —CN, —NO₂, C₁₋₄    alkyl, a C₇₋₁₂ aralkyl, C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl ring, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₄    cyanoalkyl, —OR⁶, —SR⁶, —OCOR⁶, —COR⁶, —C(O)OR⁶, —C(O)N(R⁶)₂,    —N(R⁶)C(O)R⁶, —N(R⁶)₂, —SO₂R⁶, —SO₂N(R⁶)₂, —N(R⁶)SO₂R⁶, phenyl or an    oxo group; wherein each said phenyl group is optionally and    independently substituted with up to 3 instances of halogen, —OH,    —NH₂, —NH(C₁₋₄ alkyl), —N(C₁₋₄ alkyl)₂, —NO₂, —CN, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄    haloalkyl, —O(C₁₋₄ alkyl) or —O(C₁₋₄ haloalkyl); and wherein each    said C₇₋₁₂ aralkyl and each said cycloalkyl group is optionally and    independently substituted with up to 3 instances of halogen;-   each R^(5b) is independently selected from halogen, —CN, —NO₂, C₁₋₄    alkyl, a C₇₋₁₂ aralkyl, C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl ring, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₄    cyanoalkyl, —OR⁶, —SR⁶, —OCOR⁶, —COR⁶, —C(O)OR⁶, —C(O)N(R⁶)₂,    —N(R⁶)C(O)R⁶, —N(R⁶)₂, —SO₂R⁶, —SO₂N(R⁶)₂, —N(R⁶)SO₂R⁶, phenyl or an    oxo group; wherein each said phenyl group is optionally and    independently substituted with up to 3 instances of halogen, —OH,    —NH₂, —NH(C₁₋₄ alkyl), —N(C₁₋₄ alkyl)₂, —NO₂, —CN, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄    haloalkyl, —O(C₁₋₄ alkyl) or —O(C₁₋₄ haloalkyl); and wherein each    said C₇₋₁₂ aralkyl and each said cycloalkyl group is optionally and    independently substituted with up to 3 instances of halogen;-   each R^(5c) is independently selected from halogen, —CN, —NO₂, C₁₋₄    alkyl, a C₇₋₁₂ aralkyl, C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl ring, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₄    cyanoalkyl, —OR⁶, —SR⁶, —OCOR⁶, —COR⁶, —C(O)OR⁶, —C(O)N(R⁶)₂,    —N(R⁶)C(O)R⁶, —N(R⁶)₂, —SO₂R⁶, —SO₂N(R⁶)₂, —N(R⁶)SO₂R⁶, phenyl or an    oxo group; wherein each said phenyl group is optionally and    independently substituted with up to 3 instances of halogen, —OH,    —NH₂, —NH(C₁₋₄ alkyl), —N(C₁₋₄ alkyl)₂, NO₂, —CN, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄    haloalkyl, O(C₁₋₄ alkyl) or O(C₁₋₄ haloalkyl); and wherein each said    C₇₋₁₂ aralkyl and each said cycloalkyl group is optionally and    independently substituted with up to 3 instances of halogen;-   each R⁶ is independently selected from hydrogen, a C₁₋₄ alkyl, a    C₂₋₄ alkenyl, phenyl, a C₇₋₁₂ aralkyl or a C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl ring;    wherein each said C₁₋₄ alkyl, each said C₂₋₄ alkenyl, each said    phenyl, each said C₇₋₁₂ aralkyl and each said cycloalkyl group is    optionally and independently substituted with up to 3 instances of    halogen;-   alternatively, two instances of R⁶ linked to the same nitrogen atom    of R⁵, together with said nitrogen atom of R⁵, form a 5 to    8-membered heterocyclic ring or a 5-membered heteroaryl ring;    wherein each said 5 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring and each said    5-membered heteroaryl ring optionally contains up to 2 additional    heteroatoms independently selected from N, O or S; or-   alternatively, one instance of R⁶ linked to a nitrogen atom of R⁵    and one instance of R⁶ linked to a carbon or sulfur atom of the same    R⁵, together with said nitrogen and said carbon or sulfur atom of    the same R⁵, form a 5 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring or a    5-membered heteroaryl ring; wherein each said 5 to 8-membered    heterocyclic ring and each said 5-membered heteroaryl ring    optionally contains up to 2 additional heteroatoms independently    selected from N, O or S;-   or, alternatively, two J^(D) groups attached to two vicinal ring D    atoms, taken together with said two vicinal ring D atoms, form a 5    to 7-membered heterocycle resulting in a fused ring D wherein said 5    to 7-membered heterocycle contains from 1 to 3 heteroatoms    independently selected from N, O or S; and wherein said 5 to    7-membered heterocycle is optionally and independently substituted    by up to 3 instances of halogen, —OH, —NH₂, —NH(C₁₋₄ alkyl), —N(C₁₋₄    alkyl)₂, —CN, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, —O(C₁₋₄ alkyl), —O(C₁₋₄    haloalkyl), oxo or phenyl; wherein said phenyl is optionally and    independently substituted by up to three instances of halogen, —OH,    —NH₂, —NH(C₁₋₄ alkyl), —N(C₁₋₄ alkyl)₂, —NO₂, —CN, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄    haloalkyl, —O(C₁₋₄ alkyl) or —O(C₁₋₄ haloalkyl);

R^(C) is a ring C; ring C is a phenyl ring, a monocyclic 5 or 6-memberedheteroaryl ring, a bicyclic 8 to 10-membered heteroaryl ring, amonocyclic 3 to 10-membered cycloaliphatic ring, or a monocyclic 4 to10-membered heterocycle; wherein said monocyclic 5 or 6-memberedheteroaryl ring, said bicyclic 8 to 10-membered heteroaryl ring, or saidmonocyclic 4 to 10-membered heterocycle contain between 1 and 4heteroatoms selected from N, O or S; wherein said monocyclic 5 or6-membered heteroaryl ring is not a 1,3,5-triazinyl ring; and whereinsaid phenyl, monocyclic 5 to 6-membered heteroaryl ring, bicyclic 8 to10-membered heteroaryl ring, monocyclic 3 to 10-membered cycloaliphaticring, or monocyclic 4 to 10-membered heterocycle is optionally andindependently substituted with up to 3 instances of J^(C);

-   each J^(C) is independently selected from halogen, —CN, —NO₂, a C₁₋₆    aliphatic, —OR^(H), —SR^(H), —N(R^(H))₂, a C₃₋₈ cycloaliphatic ring    or a 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring; wherein said 4 to 8-membered    heterocyclic ring contains 1 or 2 heteroatoms independently selected    from N, O or S; wherein each said C₁₋₆ aliphatic, each said C₃₋₈    cycloaliphatic ring and each said 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring,    is optionally and independently substituted with up to 3 instances    of R⁷; or alternatively, two J^(C) groups attached to two vicinal    ring C atoms, taken together with said two vicinal ring C atoms,    form a 5 to 7-membered heterocycle resulting in a fused ring C;    wherein said 5 to 7-membered heterocycle contains from 1 to 2    heteroatoms independently selected from N, O or S;-   each R^(H) is independently selected from hydrogen, a C₁₋₆    aliphatic, a C₃₋₈ cycloaliphatic ring or a 4 to 8-membered    heterocyclic ring,; wherein each said 4 to 8-membered heterocylic    ring contains between 1 and 3 heteroatoms independently selected    from O, N or S; and wherein each said C₁₋₆ aliphatic, each said C₃₋₈    cycloaliphatic ring, each said 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring, is    optionally and independently substituted with up to 3 instances of    R^(7 a);-   alternatively, two instances of R^(H) linked to the same nitrogen    atom of J^(C), together with said nitrogen atom of J^(C), form a 4    to 8-membered heterocyclic ring or a 5-membered heteroaryl ring;    wherein each said 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring and each said    5-membered heteroaryl ring optionally contains up to 2 additional    heteroatoms independently selected from N, O or S, and wherein each    said 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring and each said 5-membered    heteroaryl ring is optionally and independently substituted by up to    3 instances of R^(7b);-   each R⁷ is independently selected from halogen, —CN, —NO₂, C₁₋₄    alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl ring, —OR⁸, —N(R⁸)₂, or an    oxo group; wherein each said cycloalkyl group is optionally and    independently substituted with up to 3 instances of halogen;-   each R^(7a) is independently selected from halogen, —CN, —NO₂, C₁₋₄    alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl ring, —OR⁸, —N(R⁸)₂, or an    oxo group; wherein each said cycloalkyl group is optionally and    independently substituted with up to 3 instances of halogen;-   each R^(7b) is independently selected from halogen, —CN, —NO₂, C₁₋₄    alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl ring, —OR⁸, —N(R⁸)₂, or an    oxo group; wherein each said cycloalkyl group is optionally and    independently substituted with up to 3 instances of halogen;-   each R⁸ is independently selected from hydrogen, a C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄    haloalkyl or a C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl ring; wherein each said cycloalkyl    group is optionally and independently substituted with up to 3    instances of halogen;-   alternatively, two instances of R⁸ linked to the same nitrogen atom    of R⁷, R^(7a) or R^(7b), together with said nitrogen atom of R⁷,    R^(7a) or 7 ^(b), form a 5 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring or a    5-membered heteroaryl ring; wherein each said 5 to 8-membered    heterocyclic ring and each said 5-membered heteroaryl ring    optionally contains up to 2 additional heteroatoms independently    selected from N, O or S; and-   R^(A) is selected from hydrogen, halogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl or C₁₋₄    haloalkyl.

The invention also provides a method of treating or preventing adisease, health condition or disorder in a subject in need thereof,comprising administering, alone or in combination therapy, atherapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of a compound ofFormula I or Formula Ib or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof tothe subject; wherein the disease, health condition or disorder is aperipheral, pulmonary, hepatic, liver, cardiac or cerebralvascular/endothelial disorder or condition, a urogenital-gynecologicaldisorder or condition, a thromboembolic disease, a fibrotic disorder, orother pulmonary or respiratory disorder, renal or hepatic disorder,metabolic disorder, atherosclerosis or a lipid related disorder that canbenefit from sGC stimulation or from an increase in the concentration ofNO or cGMP.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION

Reference will now be made in detail to certain embodiments of theinvention, examples of which are illustrated in the accompanyingstructures and formulae. While the invention will be described inconjunction with the enumerated embodiments, it will be understood thatthey are not intended to limit the invention to those embodiments.Rather, the invention is intended to cover all alternatives,modifications and equivalents that may be included within the scope ofthe present invention as defined by the claims. The present invention isnot limited to the methods and materials described herein but includeany methods and materials similar or equivalent to those describedherein that could be used in the practice of the present invention. Inthe event that one or more of the incorporated literature references,patents or similar materials differ from or contradict this application,including but not limited to defined terms, term usage, describedtechniques or the like, this application controls.

Definitions and General Terminology

For purposes of this disclosure, the chemical elements are identified inaccordance with the Periodic Table of the Elements, CAS version, and theHandbook of Chemistry and Physics, 75^(th) Ed. 1994. Additionally,general principles of organic chemistry are described in “OrganicChemistry”, Thomas Sorrell, University Science Books, Sausalito: 1999,and “March's Advanced Organic Chemistry”, 5^(th) Ed., Smith, M. B. andMarch, J., eds. John Wiley & Sons, New York: 2001, which are hereinincorporated by reference in their entirety.

As described herein, compounds of Formula I or Formula b may beoptionally substituted with one or more substituents, such asillustrated generally below, or as exemplified by particular classes,subclasses and species of the invention. The phrase “optionallysubstituted” is used interchangeably with the phrase “substituted orunsubstituted.” In general, the term “substituted” refers to thereplacement of one or more hydrogen radicals in a given structure withthe radical of a specified substituent. Unless otherwise indicated, anoptionally substituted group may have a substituent at eachsubstitutable position of the group. When more than one position in agiven structure can be substituted with more than one substituentselected from a specified group, the substituent may be either the sameor different at each position unless otherwise specified. As will beapparent to one of ordinary skill in the art, groups such as —H,halogen, —NO₂, —CN, —OH, —NH₂ or —OCF₃ would not be substitutablegroups.

The phrase “up to”, as used herein, refers to zero or any integer numberthat is equal or less than the number following the phrase. For example,“up to 3” means any one of 0, 1, 2, or 3. As described herein, aspecified number range of atoms includes any integer therein. Forexample, a group having from 1-4 atoms could have 1, 2, 3 or 4 atoms.When any variable occurs more than one time at any position, itsdefinition on each occurrence is independent from every otheroccurrence.

Selection of substituents and combinations envisioned by this disclosureare only those that result in the formation of stable or chemicallyfeasible compounds. Such choices and combinations will be apparent tothose of ordinary skill in the art and may be determined without undueexperimentation. The term “stable”, as used herein, refers to compoundsthat are not substantially altered when subjected to conditions to allowfor their production, detection, and, in some embodiments, theirrecovery, purification, and use for one or more of the purposesdisclosed herein. In some embodiments, a stable compound or chemicallyfeasible compound is one that is not substantially altered when kept ata temperature of 25° C. or less, in the absence of moisture or otherchemically reactive conditions, for at least a week. A chemicallyfeasible compound is a compound that can be prepared by a person skilledin the art based on the disclosures herein supplemented, if necessary,relevant knowledge of the art.

A compound, such as the compounds of Formula I or Formula Ib or othercompounds herein disclosed, may be present in its free form (e.g. anamorphous form, or a crystalline form or a polymorph). Under certainconditions, compounds may also form co-forms. As used herein, the termco-form is synonymous with the term multi-component crystalline form.When one of the components in the co-form has clearly transferred aproton to the other component, the resulting co-form is referred to as a“salt”. The formation of a salt is determined by how large thedifference is in the pKas between the partners that form the mixture.

Unless only one of the isomers is drawn or named specifically,structures depicted herein are also meant to include all stereoisomeric(e.g., enantiomeric, diastereomeric, atropoisomeric and cis-transisomeric) forms of the structure; for example, the R and Sconfigurations for each asymmetric center, Ra and Sa configurations foreach asymmetric axis, (Z) and (E) double bond configurations, and cisand trans conformational isomers. Therefore, single stereochemicalisomers as well as racemates, and mixtures of enantiomers,diastereomers, and cis-trans isomers (double bond or conformational) ofthe present compounds are within the scope of the present disclosure.Unless otherwise stated, all tautomeric forms of the compounds of thepresent disclosure are also within the scope of the invention.

The present disclosure also embraces isotopically-labeled compoundswhich are identical to those recited herein, but for the fact that oneor more atoms are replaced by an atom having an atomic mass or massnumber different from the atomic mass or mass number usually found innature. All isotopes of any particular atom or element as specified arecontemplated within the scope of the compounds of the invention, andtheir uses. Exemplary isotopes that can be incorporated into compoundsof the invention include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen,phosphorus, sulfur, fluorine, chlorine, and iodine, such as ²H, ³H, ¹¹C,¹³C, ¹⁴C, ¹³N, ¹⁵N, ¹⁵O, ¹⁷O, ¹⁸O, ³²P, ³³P, ³⁵S, ¹⁸F, ³⁶Cl, ¹²³I, and¹²⁵I , respectively. Certain isotopically-labeled compounds of thepresent invention (e.g., those labeled with ³H and ¹⁴C) are useful incompound and/or substrate tissue distribution assays. Tritiated (i.e.,³H) and carbon-14 (i.e., ¹⁴C) isotopes are useful for their ease ofpreparation and detectability. Further, substitution with heavierisotopes such as deuterium (i.e., ²H) may afford certain therapeuticadvantages resulting from greater metabolic stability (e.g., increasedin vivo half-life or reduced dosage requirements) and hence may bepreferred in some circumstances. Positron emitting isotopes such as ¹⁵O,¹³N, ¹¹C, and ¹⁸F are useful for positron emission tomography (PET)studies to examine substrate receptor occupancy. Isotopically labeledcompounds of the present invention can generally be prepared byfollowing procedures analogous to those disclosed in the Schemes and/orin the Examples herein below, by substituting an isotopically labeledreagent for a non-isotopically labeled reagent.

The term “aliphatic” or “aliphatic group”, as used herein, means astraight-chain (i.e., unbranched) or branched, substituted orunsubstituted hydrocarbon chain that is completely saturated or thatcontains one or more units of unsaturation. Unless otherwise specified,aliphatic groups contain 1-20 aliphatic carbon atoms. In someembodiments, aliphatic groups contain 1-10 aliphatic carbon atoms. Inother embodiments, aliphatic groups contain 1-8 aliphatic carbon atoms.In still other embodiments, aliphatic groups contain 1-6 aliphaticcarbon atoms. In other embodiments, aliphatic groups contain 1-4aliphatic carbon atoms and in yet other embodiments, aliphatic groupscontain 1-3 aliphatic carbon atoms. Suitable aliphatic groups include,but are not limited to, linear or branched, substituted or unsubstitutedalkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl groups. Specific examples of aliphatic groupsinclude, but are not limited to: methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl,isopropyl, isobutyl, vinyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, butenyl, propargyl,acetylene and the like.

The term “alkyl”, as used herein, refers to a saturated linear orbranched-chain monovalent hydrocarbon radical. Unless otherwisespecified, an alkyl group contains 1-20 carbon atoms (e.g., 1-20 carbonatoms, 1-10 carbon atoms, 1-8 carbon atoms, 1-6 carbon atoms, 1-4 carbonatoms or 1-3 carbon atoms). Examples of alkyl groups include, but arenot limited to, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl,s-butyl, t-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl and the like.

The term “alkenyl” refers to a linear or branched-chain monovalenthydrocarbon radical with at least one site of unsaturation, i.e., acarbon-carbon, sp² double bond, wherein the alkenyl radical includesradicals having “cis” and “trans” orientations, or alternatively, “E”and “Z” orientations. Unless otherwise specified, an alkenyl groupcontains 2-20 carbon atoms (e.g., 2-20 carbon atoms, 2-10 carbon atoms,2-8 carbon atoms, 2-6 carbon atoms, 2-4 carbon atoms or 2-3 carbonatoms). Examples include, but are not limited to, vinyl, allyl and thelike.

The term “alkynyl” refers to a linear or branched monovalent hydrocarbonradical with at least one site of unsaturation, i.e., a carbon-carbon sptriple bond. Unless otherwise specified, an alkynyl group contains 2-20carbon atoms (e.g., 2-20 carbon atoms, 2-10 carbon atoms, 2-8 carbonatoms, 2-6 carbon atoms, 2-4 carbon atoms or 2-3 carbon atoms). Examplesinclude, but are not limited to, ethynyl, propynyl, and the like.

The term “carbocyclic” refers to a ring system formed only by carbon andhydrogen atoms. Unless otherwise specified, throughout this disclosure,carbocycle is used as a synonym of “non-aromatic carbocycle” or“cycloaliphatic”. In some instances the term can be used in the phrase“aromatic carbocycle”, and in this case it refers to an “aryl group” asdefined below.

The term “cycloaliphatic” (or “non-aromatic carbocycle”, “non-aromaticcarbocyclyl”, “non-aromatic carbocyclic”) refers to a cyclic hydrocarbonthat is completely saturated or that contains one or more units ofunsaturation but which is not aromatic, and which has a single point ofattachment to the rest of the molecule. Unless otherwise specified, acycloaliphatic group may be monocyclic, bicyclic, tricyclic, fused,spiro or bridged. In one embodiment, the term “cycloaliphatic” refers toa monocyclic C₃-C₁₂ hydrocarbon or a bicyclic C₇-C₁₂ hydrocarbon. Insome embodiments, any individual ring in a bicyclic or tricyclic ringsystem has 3-7 members. Suitable cycloaliphatic groups include, but arenot limited to, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, and cycloalkynyl. Examples ofaliphatic groups include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl,cyclopentenyl, cyclohexyl, cyclohexenyl, cycloheptyl, cycloheptenyl,norbornyl, cyclooctyl, cyclononyl, cyclodecyl, cycloundecyl,cyclododecyl, and the like.

The term “cycloaliphatic” also includes polycyclic ring systems in whichthe non-aromatic carbocyclic ring can be “fused” to one or more aromaticor non-aromatic carbocyclic or heterocyclic rings or combinationsthereof, as long as the radical or point of attachment is on thenon-aromatic carbocyclic ring.

“Heterocycle” (or “heterocyclyl” or “heterocyclic), as used herein,refers to a ring system in which one or more ring members are anindependently selected heteroatom, which is completely saturated or thatcontains one or more units of unsaturation but which is not aromatic,and which has a single point of attachment to the rest of the molecule.Unless otherwise specified, through this disclosure, heterocycle is usedas a synonym of “non-aromatic heterocycle”. In some instances the termcan be used in the phrase “aromatic heterocycle”, and in this case itrefers to a “heteroaryl group” as defined below. The term heterocyclealso includes fused, spiro or bridged heterocyclic ring systems. Unlessotherwise specified, a heterocycle may be monocyclic, bicyclic ortricyclic. In some embodiments, the heterocycle has 3-18 ring members inwhich one or more ring members is a heteroatom independently selectedfrom oxygen, sulfur or nitrogen, and each ring in the system contains 3to 7 ring members. In other embodiments, a heterocycle may be amonocycle having 3-7 ring members (2-6 carbon atoms and 1-4 heteroatoms)or a bicycle having 7-10 ring members (4-9 carbon atoms and 1-6heteroatoms). Examples of bicyclic heterocyclic ring systems include,but are not limited to: adamantanyl, 2-oxa-bicyclo[2.2.2]octyl,1-aza-bicyclo[2.2.2]octyl.

As used herein, the term “heterocycle” also includes polycyclic ringsystems wherein the heterocyclic ring is fused with one or more aromaticor non-aromatic carbocyclic or heterocyclic rings, or with combinationsthereof, as long as the radical or point of attachment is on theheterocyclic ring.

Examples of heterocyclic rings include, but are not limited to, thefollowing monocycles: 2-tetrahydrofuranyl, 3-tetrahydrofuranyl,2-tetrahydrothiophenyl, 3-tetrahydrothiophenyl, 2-morpholino,3-morpholino, 4-morpholino, 2-thiomorpholino, 3-thiomorpholino,4-thiomorpholino, 1-pyrrolidinyl, 2-pyrrolidinyl, 3-pyrrolidinyl,1-tetrahydropiperazinyl, 2-tetrahydropiperazinyl,3-tetrahydropiperazinyl, 1-piperidinyl, 2-piperidinyl, 3-piperidinyl,1-pyrazolinyl, 3-pyrazolinyl, 4-pyrazolinyl, 5-pyrazolinyl,1-piperidinyl, 2-piperidinyl, 3-piperidinyl, 4-piperidinyl,2-thiazolidinyl, 3-thiazolidinyl, 4-thiazolidinyl, 1-imidazolidinyl,2-imidazolidinyl, 4-imidazolidinyl, 5-imidazolidinyl; and the followingbicycles: 3-1H-benzimidazol-2-one, 3-(1-alkyl)-benzimidazol-2-one,indolinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, benzothiolane,benzodithiane, and 1,3-dihydro-imidazol-2-one.

As used herein, the term “aryl” (as in “aryl ring” or “aryl group”),used alone or as part of a larger moiety, as in “aralkyl”, “aralkoxy”,“aryloxyalkyl”, refers to a carbocyclic ring system wherein at least onering in the system is aromatic and has a single point of attachment tothe rest of the molecule. Unless otherwise specified, an aryl group maybe monocyclic, bicyclic or tricyclic and contain 6-18 ring members. Theterm also includes polycyclic ring systems where the aryl ring is fusedwith one or more aromatic or non-aromatic carbocyclic or heterocyclicrings, or with combinations thereof, as long as the radical or point ofattachment is in the aryl ring. Examples of aryl rings include, but arenot limited to, phenyl, naphthyl, indanyl, indenyl, tetralin, fluorenyl,and anthracenyl.

The term “aralkyl” refers to a radical having an aryl ring substitutedwith an alkylene group, wherein the open end of the alkylene groupallows the aralkyl radical to bond to another part of the compound ofFormula I or Formula Ib. The alkylene group is a bivalent,straight-chain or branched, saturated hydrocarbon group. As used herein,the term “C₇₋₁₂ aralkyl” means an aralkyl radical wherein the totalnumber of carbon atoms in the aryl ring and the alkylene group combinedis 7 to 12. Examples of “aralkyl” include, but not limited to, a phenylring substituted by a C₁₋₆ alkylene group, e.g., benzyl and phenylethyl,and a naphthyl group substituted by a C₁₋₂ alkylene group.

The term “heteroaryl” (or “heteroaromatic” or “heteroaryl group” or“aromatic heterocycle”) used alone or as part of a larger moiety as in“heteroaralkyl” or “heteroarylalkoxy” refers to a ring system wherein atleast one ring in the system is aromatic and contains one or moreheteroatoms, wherein each ring in the system contains 3 to 7 ringmembers and which has a single point of attachment to the rest of themolecule. Unless otherwise specified, a heteroaryl ring system may bemonocyclic, bicyclic or tricyclic and have a total of five to fourteenring members. In one embodiment, all rings in a heteroaryl system arearomatic. Also included in this definition are heteroaryl radicals wherethe heteroaryl ring is fused with one or more aromatic or non-aromaticcarbocyclic or heterocyclic rings, or combinations thereof, as long asthe radical or point of attachment is in the heteroaryl ring. Bicyclic6, 5 heteroaromatic system, as used herein, for example, is a sixmembered heteroaromatic ring fused to a second five membered ringwherein the radical or point of attachment is on the six-membered ring.

Heteroaryl rings include, but are not limited to the followingmonocycles: 2-furanyl, 3-furanyl, N-imidazolyl, 2-imidazolyl,4-imidazolyl, 5-imidazolyl, 3-isoxazolyl, 4-isoxazolyl, 5-isoxazolyl,2-oxazolyl, 4-oxazolyl, 5-oxazolyl, N-pyrrolyl, 2-pyrrolyl, 3-pyrrolyl,2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, 2-pyrimidinyl, 4-pyrimidinyl,5-pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl (e.g., 3-pyridazinyl), 2-thiazolyl,4-thiazolyl, 5-thiazolyl, tetrazolyl (e.g., 5-tetrazolyl), triazolyl(e.g., 2-triazolyl and 5-triazolyl), 2-thienyl, 3-thienyl, pyrazolyl(e.g., 2-pyrazolyl), isothiazolyl, 1,2,3-oxadiazolyl, 1,2,5-oxadiazolyl,1,2,4-oxadiazolyl, 1,2,3-triazolyl, 1,2,3-thiadiazolyl,1,3,4-thiadiazolyl, 1,2,5-thiadiazolyl, pyrazinyl, 1,3,5-triazinyl, andthe following bicycles: benzimidazolyl, benzofuryl, benzothiophenyl,benzopyrazinyl, benzopyranonyl, indolyl (e.g., 2-indolyl), purinyl,quinolinyl (e.g., 2-quinolinyl, 3-quinolinyl, 4-quinolinyl), andisoquinolinyl (e.g., 1-isoquinolinyl, 3-isoquinolinyl, or4-isoquinolinyl).

As used herein, “cyclo” (or “cyclic”, or “cyclic moiety”) encompassesmono-, bi- and tri-cyclic ring systems including cycloaliphatic,heterocyclic, aryl or heteroaryl, each of which has been previouslydefined.

“Fused” bicyclic ring systems comprise two rings which share twoadjoining ring atoms.

“Bridged” bicyclic ring systems comprise two rings which share three orfour adjacent ring atoms. As used herein, the term “bridge” refers to anatom or a chain of atoms connecting two different parts of a molecule.The two atoms that are connected through the bridge (usually but notalways, two tertiary carbon atoms) are referred to as “bridgeheads”. Inaddition to the bridge, the two bridgeheads are connected by at leasttwo individual atoms or chains of atoms. Examples of bridged bicyclicring systems include, but are not limited to, adamantanyl, norbornanyl,bicyclo[3.2.1]octyl, bicyclo[2.2.2]octyl, bicyclo[3.3.1]nonyl,bicyclo[3.2.3]nonyl, 2-oxa-bicyclo[2.2.2]octyl,1-aza-bicyclo[2.2.2]octyl, 3-aza-bicyclo[3.2.1]octyl, and2,6-dioxa-tricyclo[3.3.1.03,7]nonyl. “Spiro” bicyclic ring systems shareonly one ring atom (usually a quaternary carbon atom) between the tworings.

The term “ring atom” refers to an atom such as C, N, O or S that is partof the ring of an aromatic ring, a cycloaliphatic ring, a heterocyclicor a heteroaryl ring. A “substitutable ring atom” is a ring carbon ornitrogen atom bonded to at least one hydrogen atom. The hydrogen can beoptionally replaced with a suitable substituent group. Thus, the term“substitutable ring atom” does not include ring nitrogen or carbon atomswhich are shared when two rings are fused. In addition, “substitutablering atom” does not include ring carbon or nitrogen atoms when thestructure depicts that they are already attached to one or more moietyother than hydrogen and no hydrogens are available for substitution.

“Heteroatom” refers to one or more of oxygen, sulfur, nitrogen,phosphorus, or silicon, including any oxidized form of nitrogen, sulfur,phosphorus, or silicon, the quaternized form of any basic nitrogen, or asubstitutable nitrogen of a heterocyclic or heteroaryl ring, for exampleN (as in 3,4-dihydro-2H-pyrrolyl), NH (as in pyrrolidinyl) or NR⁺ (as inN-substituted pyrrolidinyl).

In some embodiments, two independent occurrences of a variable may betaken together with the atom(s) to which each variable is bound to forma 5-8-membered, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl ring or a 3-8-memberedcycloaliphatic ring. Exemplary rings that are formed when twoindependent occurrences of a substituent are taken together with theatom(s) to which each variable is bound include, but are not limited tothe following: a) two independent occurrences of a substituent that arebound to the same atom and are taken together with that atom to form aring, where both occurrences of the substituent are taken together withthe atom to which they are bound to form a heterocyclyl, heteroaryl,cycloaliphatic or aryl ring, wherein the group is attached to the restof the molecule by a single point of attachment; and b) two independentoccurrences of a substituent that are bound to different atoms and aretaken together with both of those atoms to form a heterocyclyl,heteroaryl, cycloaliphatic or aryl ring, wherein the ring that is formedhas two points of attachment with the rest of the molecule. For example,where a phenyl group is substituted with two occurrences of —OR^(o) asin Formula D1:

these two occurrences of —OR^(o) are taken together with the carbonatoms to which they are bound to form a fused 6-membered oxygencontaining ring as in Formula D2:

It will be appreciated that a variety of other rings can be formed whentwo independent occurrences of a substituent are taken together with theatom(s) to which each substituent is bound and that the examplesdetailed above are not intended to be limiting.

In some embodiments, an alkyl or aliphatic chain can be optionallyinterrupted with another atom or group. This means that a methylene unitof the alkyl or aliphatic chain can optionally be replaced with saidother atom or group. Unless otherwise specified, the optionalreplacements form a chemically stable compound. Optional interruptionscan occur both within the chain and/or at either end of the chain; i.e.both at the point of attachment(s) to the rest of the molecule and/or atthe terminal end. Two optional replacements can also be adjacent to eachother within a chain so long as it results in a chemically stablecompound. Unless otherwise specified, if the replacement or interruptionoccurs at a terminal end of the chain, the replacement atom is bound toan H on the terminal end. For example, if —CH₂CH₂CH₃ were optionallyinterrupted with —O—, the resulting compound could be —OCH₂CH₃,—CH₂OCH₃, or —CH₂CH₂OH. In another example, if the divalent linker—CH₂CH₂CH₂— were optionally interrupted with —O—, the resulting compoundcould be —OCH₂CH₂—, —CH₂OCH₂—, or —CH₂CH₂O—. The optional replacementscan also completely replace all of the carbon atoms in a chain. Forexample, a C3 aliphatic can be optionally replaced by —N(R′)—, —C(O)—,and —N(R′)— to form —N(R′)C(O)N(R′)— (a urea).

In general, the term “vicinal” refers to the placement of substituentson a group that includes two or more carbon atoms, wherein thesubstituents are attached to adjacent carbon atoms.

In general, the term “geminal” refers to the placement of substituentson a group that includes two or more carbon atoms, wherein thesubstituents are attached to the same carbon atom.

The terms “terminally” and “internally” refer to the location of a groupwithin a substituent. A group is terminal when the group is present atthe end of the substituent not further bonded to the rest of thechemical structure. Carboxyalkyl, i.e., R^(X)O(O)C-alkyl is an exampleof a carboxy group used terminally. A group is internal when the groupis present in the middle of a substituent at the end of the substituentbound to the rest of the chemical structure. Alkylcarboxy (e.g.,alkyl-C(O)O— or alkyl-O(CO)—) and alkylcarboxyaryl (e.g.,alkyl-C(O)O-aryl- or alkyl-O(CO)-aryl-) are examples of carboxy groupsused internally.

As described herein, a bond drawn from a substituent to the center ofone ring within a multiple-ring system (as shown below), representssubstitution of the substituent at any substitutable position in any ofthe rings within the multiple ring system. For example, formula D3represents possible substitution in any of the positions shown informula D4:

This also applies to multiple ring systems fused to optional ringsystems (which would be represented by dotted lines). For example, inFormula D5, X is an optional substituent both for ring A and ring B.

If, however, two rings in a multiple ring system each have differentsubstituents drawn from the center of each ring, then, unless otherwisespecified, each substituent only represents substitution on the ring towhich it is attached. For example, in Formula D6, Y is an optionalsubstituent for ring A only, and X is an optional substituent for ring Bonly.

As used herein, the terms “alkoxy” or “alkylthio” refer to an alkylgroup, as previously defined, attached to the molecule, or to anotherchain or ring, through an oxygen (“alkoxy” i.e., —O-alkyl) or a sulfur(“alkylthio” i.e., S-alkyl) atom.

The terms C_(n-m) “alkoxyalkyl”, C_(n-m) “alkoxyalkenyl”, C_(n-m)“alkoxyaliphatic”, and C_(n-m) “alkoxyalkoxy” mean alkyl, alkenyl,aliphatic or alkoxy, as the case may be, substituted with one or morealkoxy groups, wherein the combined total number of carbons of the alkyland alkoxy groups, alkenyl and alkoxy groups, aliphatic and alkoxygroups or alkoxy and alkoxy groups, combined, as the case may be, isbetween the values of n and m. For example, a C₄₋₆ alkoxyalkyl has atotal of 4-6 carbons divided between the alkyl and alkoxy portion; e.g.it can be —CH₂OCH₂CH₂CH₃, —CH₂CH₂OCH₂CH₃ or —CH₂CH₂CH₂OCH₃.

When the moieties described in the preceding paragraph are optionallysubstituted, they can be substituted in either or both of the portionson either side of the oxygen or sulfur. For example, an optionallysubstituted C4 alkoxyalkyl could be, for instance, —CH₂CH₂OCH₂(Me)CH₃ or—CH₂(OH)OCH₂CH₂CH_(3;) a C₅ alkoxyalkenyl could be, for instance,—CH═CHO CH₂CH₂CH₃ or —CH═CHCH₂OCH₂CH₃.

The terms aryloxy, arylthio, benzyloxy or benzylthio, refer to an arylor benzyl group attached to the molecule, or to another chain or ring,through an oxygen (“aryloxy”, benzyloxy e.g., —O-Ph, —OCH₂Ph) or sulfur(“arylthio” e.g., —S-Ph, S—CH₂Ph) atom. Further, the terms“aryloxyalkyl”, “benzyloxyalkyl” “aryloxyalkenyl” and “aryloxyaliphatic”mean alkyl, alkenyl or aliphatic, as the case may be, substituted withone or more aryloxy or benzyloxy groups, as the case may be. In thiscase, the number of atoms for each aryl, aryloxy, alkyl, alkenyl oraliphatic will be indicated separately. Thus, a 5-6-memberedaryloxy(C₁₋₄alkyl) is a 5-6 membered aryl ring, attached via an oxygenatom to a C₁₋₄ alkyl chain which, in turn, is attached to the rest ofthe molecule via the terminal carbon of the C₁₋₄ alkyl chain.

As used herein, the terms “halogen” or “halo” mean F, Cl, Br, or I.

The terms “haloalkyl”, “haloalkenyl”, “haloaliphatic”, and “haloalkoxy”mean alkyl, alkenyl, aliphatic or alkoxy, as the case may be,substituted with one or more halogen atoms. For example a C₁₋₃ haloalkylcould be —CFHCH₂CHF₂ and a C₁₋₂ haloalkoxy could be —OC(Br)HCHF₂. Thisterm includes perfluorinated alkyl groups, such as —CF₃ and —CF₂CF₃.

As used herein, the term “cyano” refers to —CN or —C≡N.

The terms “cyanoalkyl”, “cyanoalkenyl”, “cyanoaliphatic”, and“cyanoalkoxy” mean alkyl, alkenyl, aliphatic or alkoxy, as the case maybe, substituted with one or more cyano groups. For example a C₁₋₃cyanoalkyl could be —C(CN)₂CH₂CH₃ and a C₁₋₂ cyanoalkenyl could be═CHC(CN)H₂.

As used herein, an “amino” group refers to —NH₂.

The terms “aminoalkyl”, “aminoalkenyl”, “aminoaliphatic”, and“aminoalkoxy” mean alkyl, alkenyl, aliphatic or alkoxy, as the case maybe, substituted with one or more amino groups. For example a C₁₋₃aminoalkyl could be —CH(NH₂)CH₂CH₂NH₂ and a C₁₋₂ aminoalkoxy could be—OCH₂CH₂NH₂.

The term “hydroxyl” or “hydroxy” refers to —OH.

The terms “hydroxyalkyl”, “hydroxyalkenyl”, “hydroxyaliphatic”, and“hydroxyalkoxy” mean alkyl, alkenyl, aliphatic or alkoxy, as the casemay be, substituted with one or more —OH groups. For example a C₁₋₃hydroxyalkyl could be —CH₂(CH₂OH)CH₃ and a C4 hydroxyalkoxy could be—OCH₂C(CH₃)(OH)CH₃.

As used herein, a “carbonyl”, used alone or in connection with anothergroup refers to —C(O)— or —C(O)H. For example, as used herein, an“alkoxycarbonyl,” refers to a group such as —C(O)O(alkyl).

As used herein, an “oxo” refers to =0, wherein oxo is usually, but notalways, attached to a carbon atom (e.g., it can also be attached to asulfur atom). An aliphatic chain can be optionally interrupted by acarbonyl group or can optionally be substituted by an oxo group, andboth expressions refer to the same: e.g. —CH₂—C(O)—CH₃.

As used herein, in the context of resin chemistry (e.g. using solidresins or soluble resins or beads), the term “linker” refers to abifunctional chemical moiety attaching a compound to a solid support orsoluble support.

In all other situations, a “linker”, as used herein, refers to adivalent group in which the two free valences are on different atoms(e.g. carbon or heteroatom) or are on the same atom but can besubstituted by two different substituents. For example, a methylenegroup can be C₁ alkyl linker (—CH₂—) which can be substituted by twodifferent groups, one for each of the free valences (e.g. as inPh-CH₂-Ph, wherein methylene acts as a linker between two phenyl rings).Ethylene can be C2 alkyl linker (—CH₂CH₂—) wherein the two free valencesare on different atoms. The amide group, for example, can act as alinker when placed in an internal position of a chain (e.g. —CONH—). Alinker can be the result of interrupting an aliphatic chain by certainfunctional groups or of replacing methylene units on said chain by saidfunctional groups. E.g. a linker can be a C₁₋₆ aliphatic chain in whichup to two methylene units are substituted by —C(O)— or —NH— (as in—CH₂—NH—CH₂—C(O)—CH₂— or —CH₂—NH—C(O)—CH₂—). An alternative way todefine the same —CH₂—NH—CH₂—C(O)—CH₂— and —CH₂—NH—C(O)—CH₂— groups is asa C₃ alkyl chain optionally interrupted by up to two —C(O)— or —NH—moieties. Cyclic groups can also form linkers: e.g. a1,6-cyclohexanediyl can be a linker between two R groups, as in

A linker can additionally be optionally substituted in any portion orposition.

Divalent groups of the type R—CH═ or R₂C═, wherein both free valencesare in the same atom and are attached to the same substituent, are alsopossible. In this case, they will be referred to by their IUPAC acceptednames. For instance an alkylidene (such as, for example, a methylidene(═CH₂) or an ethylidene (═CH—CH₃)) would not be encompassed by thedefinition of a linker in this disclosure.

The term “protecting group”, as used herein, refers to an agent used totemporarily block one or more desired reactive sites in amultifunctional compound. In certain embodiments, a protecting group hasone or more, or preferably all, of the following characteristics: a)reacts selectively in good yield to give a protected substrate that isstable to the reactions occurring at one or more of the other reactivesites; and b) is selectively removable in good yield by reagents that donot attack the regenerated functional group. Exemplary protecting groupsare detailed in Greene, T. W. et al., “Protective Groups in OrganicSynthesis”, Third Edition, John Wiley & Sons, New York: 1999, the entirecontents of which is hereby incorporated by reference. The term“nitrogen protecting group”, as used herein, refers to an agents used totemporarily block one or more desired nitrogen reactive sites in amultifunctional compound. Preferred nitrogen protecting groups alsopossess the characteristics exemplified above, and certain exemplarynitrogen protecting groups are detailed in Chapter 7 in Greene, T. W.,Wuts, P. G in “Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis”, Third Edition,John Wiley & Sons, New York: 1999, the entire contents of which arehereby incorporated by reference.

As used herein, the term “displaceable moiety” or “leaving group” refersto a group that is associated with an aliphatic or aromatic group asdefined herein and is subject to being displaced by nucleophilic attackby a nucleophile.

As used herein, “amide coupling agent” or “amide coupling reagent” meansa compound that reacts with the hydroxyl moiety of a carboxy moietythereby rendering it susceptible to nucleophilic attack. Exemplary amidecoupling agents include DIC (diisopropylcarbodiimide), EDCI(1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide), DCC(dicyclohexylcarbodiimide), BOP(benzotriazol-1-yloxy-tris(dimethylamino)-phosphoniumhexafluorophosphate), pyBOP((benzotriazol-1-yloxy)tripyrrolidinophosphonium hexafluorophosphate),etc.

The compounds of the invention are defined herein by their chemicalstructures and/or chemical names. Where a compound is referred to byboth a chemical structure and a chemical name, and the chemicalstructure and chemical name conflict, the chemical structure isdeterminative of the compound's identity.

Compound embodiments

The present invention includes compounds of Formula I or Formula Ib, orpharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof,

In the compounds of Formula Ib:

-   X is either carbon or nitrogen;-   wherein either-   i) ring B is absent with J^(B) connected directly to the carbon atom    bearing two J groups, each J is independently selected from    hydrogen, methyl or fluorine, n is 1 and J^(B) is a C₁₋₆ alkyl chain    optionally substituted by up to 6 instances of fluorine; or-   ii) ring B is a phenyl or a 5 or 6-membered heteroaryl ring,    containing 1 or 2 ring heteroatoms selected from N, O or S; wherein    with ring B being the phenyl or 5 or 6-membered heteroaryl ring;    each J is hydrogen; n is an integer selected from 0 to 3; and each    J^(B) is independently selected from halogen, —CN, a C₁₋₆ aliphatic,    —OR^(B) or a C₃₋₈ cycloaliphatic group; wherein each said C₁₋₆    aliphatic and each said C₃₋₈ cycloaliphatic group is optionally and    independently substituted with up to 3 instances of R³; each R^(B)    is independently selected from hydrogen, a C₁₋₆ aliphatic or a C₃₋₈    cycloaliphatic; wherein each said C₁₋₆ aliphatic and each said C₃₋₈    cycloaliphatic ring is optionally and independently substituted with    up to 3 instances of R^(3a);-   each R³ is independently selected from halogen, —CN, C₁₋₄ alkyl,    C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, —O(C₁₋₄ alkyl) or —O(C₁₋₄ haloalkyl);-   each R^(3a) is independently selected from halogen, —CN, C₁₋₄ alkyl,    C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, —O(C₁₋₄ alkyl) or —O(C₁₋₄ haloalkyl);-   o is an integer selected from 0 to 3;-   each J^(D) is independently selected from halogen, —CN, —OR^(D),    —SR^(S), —C(O)R^(D), —C(O)OR^(D), —OC(O)R^(D), —C(O)N(R^(D))₂,    —N(R^(D))₂, —N(R^(d))C(O)R^(D), —N(R^(d))C(O)OR^(D),    —N(R^(d))C(O)N(R^(D))₂, —OC(O)N(R^(D))₂, —SO₂R^(D), —SO₂N(R^(D))₂,    —N(R^(d))SO₂R^(D), a C₁₋₆ aliphatic, —(C₁₋₆ aliphatic)-R^(D), a C₃₋₈    cycloaliphatic ring, a 6 to 10-membered aryl ring, a 4 to 8-membered    heterocyclic ring or a 5 to 10-membered heteroaryl ring; wherein    each said 4 to 8-membered heterocylic ring and each said 5 to    10-membered heteroaryl ring contains between 1 and 3 heteroatoms    independently selected from O, N or S; and wherein each said C₁₋₆    aliphatic, each said C₃₋₈ cycloaliphatic ring, each said 6 to    10-membered aryl ring, each said 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring    and each said 5 to 10-membered heteroaryl ring is optionally and    independently substituted with up to 3 instances of R⁵;-   each R^(D) is independently selected from hydrogen, a C₁₋₆    aliphatic, —(C₁₋₆ aliphatic)-R^(f), a C₃₋₈ cycloaliphatic ring, a 4    to 8-membered heterocyclic ring, phenyl or a 5 to 6-membered    heteroaryl ring; wherein each said 4 to 8-membered heterocylic ring    and each said 5 to 6-membered heteroaryl ring contains between 1 and    3 heteroatoms independently selected from O, N or S; and wherein    each said C₁₋₆ aliphatic, each said C₃₋₈ cycloaliphatic ring, each    said 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring, each said phenyl and each    said 5 to 6-membered heteroaryl ring is optionally and independently    substituted with up to 3 instances of R^(5a);-   each R^(d) is independently selected from hydrogen, a C₁₋₆    aliphatic, (C₁₋₆ aliphatic)-R^(f), a C₃₋₈ cycloaliphatic ring, a 4    to 8-membered heterocyclic ring, phenyl or a 5 to 6-membered    heteroaryl ring; wherein each said heterocylic ring and each said    heteroaryl ring contains between 1 and 3 heteroatoms independently    selected from O, N or S; and wherein each said C₁₋₆ aliphatic, each    said C₃₋₈ cycloaliphatic ring, each said 4 to 8-membered    heterocyclic ring, each said phenyl and each said 5 to 6-membered    heteroaryl ring is optionally and independently substituted by up to    3 instances of R^(5b);-   each R^(f) is independently selected from a C₃₋₈ cycloaliphatic    ring, a 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring, phenyl or a 5 to    6-membered heteroaryl ring; wherein each said heterocylic ring and    each said heteroaryl ring contains between 1 and 3 heteroatoms    independently selected from O, N or S; and wherein each said C₃₋₈    cycloaliphatic ring, each said 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring,    each said phenyl and each said 5 to 6-membered heteroaryl ring is    optionally and independently substituted by up to 3 instances of    R^(S)O;-   when J^(D) is —C(O)N(R^(D))², —N(R^(D))₂, —N(R^(d))C(O)N(R^(D))²,    —OC(O)N(R^(D))₂ or —SO₂N(R^(D))₂, the two R^(D) groups together with    the nitrogen atom attached to the two R^(D) groups may form a 4 to    8-membered heterocyclic ring or a 5-membered heteroaryl ring;    wherein each said 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring and each said    5-membered heteroaryl ring optionally contains up to 2 additional    heteroatoms independently selected from N, O or S; and wherein each    said 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring and each said 5-membered    heteroaryl ring is optionally and independently substituted by up to    3 instances of R^(5d);-   when J^(D) is —N(R^(d))C(O)R^(D) the R^(D) group together with the    carbon atom attached to the R^(D) group, with the nitrogen atom    attached to the R^(d) group, and with the R^(d) group may form a 4    to 8-membered heterocyclic ring or a 5-membered heteroaryl ring;    wherein each said 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring and each said    5-membered heteroaryl ring optionally contains up to 2 additional    heteroatoms independently selected from N, O or S, and wherein each    said 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring and each said 5-membered    heteroaryl ring is optionally and independently substituted by up to    3 instances of R^(5d);-   when J^(D) is —N(R^(d))C(O)OR^(D) or —N(R^(d))C(O)N(R^(D))₂, the    R^(D) group together with the oxygen atom attached to the R^(D)    group, with the carbon atom of the —C(O)— portion of the    —N(R^(d))C(O)OR^(D) group, with the nitrogen atom attached to the    R^(d) group, or, alternatively one of the R^(D) groups attached to    the nitrogen atom, together with said nitrogen atom, and with the N    atom attached to the R^(d) group and said R^(d) group may form a 4    to 8-membered heterocyclic ring; wherein said 4 to 8-membered    heterocyclic ring optionally contains up to 2 additional heteroatoms    independently selected from N, O or S, and is optionally and    independently substituted by up to 3 instances of R5′;-   when J^(D) is —N(R^(d))SO₂R^(D), the R^(D) group together with the    sulfur atom attached to the R^(D) group, with the nitrogen atom    attached to the R^(d) group, and with the R^(d) group may combine to    form a 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring; wherein said 4 to    8-membered heterocyclic ring optionally contains up to 2 additional    heteroatoms independently selected from N, O or S, and is optionally    and independently substituted by up to 3 instances of R^(5d);-   each R⁵ is independently selected from halogen, —CN, C₁₋₄ alkyl,    —(C₁₋₄ alkyl)-R⁶, a C₇₋₁₂ aralkyl, C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl ring, C₁₋₄    cyanoalkyl, —OR⁶, —SR⁶, —OCOR⁶, —COR⁶, C(O)OR⁶, —C(O)N(R⁶)₂,    —N(R⁶)C(O)R⁶, —N(R⁶)₂, —SO₂R⁶, —SO₂N(R⁶)₂, —N(R⁶)SO₂R⁶, phenyl or an    oxo group; wherein each said phenyl group is optionally and    independently substituted with up to 3 instances of halogen, —OH,    —NH₂, —NH(C₁₋₄ alkyl), —N(C₁₋₄ alkyl)₂, —NO₂, —CN, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄    haloalkyl, —O(C₁₋₄ alkyl) or —O(C₁₋₄haloalkyl); and wherein each    said C₇₋₁₂ aralkyl, each said C₁₋₄ alkyl chainand each said C₃₋₈    cycloalkyl group is optionally and independently substituted with up    to 3 instances of halogen;

each R^(5a) is independently selected from halogen, —CN, C₁₋₄ alkyl,—(C₁₋₄ alkyl)-R⁶, a C₇₋₁₂ aralkyl, C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl ring, C₁₋₄cyanoalkyl, —OR⁶, —SR⁶, —OCOR⁶, —COR⁶, —C(O)OR⁶, —C(O)N(R⁶)₂,—N(R⁶)C(O)R⁶, —N(R⁶)₂, —SO₂R⁶, —SO₂N(R⁶)₂, —N(R⁶)SO₂R⁶, phenyl or an oxogroup; wherein each said phenyl group is optionally and independentlysubstituted with up to 3 instances of halogen, —OH, —NH₂, —NH(C₁₋₄alkyl), —N(C₁₋₄ alkyl)₂, —NO₂, —CN, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl,—O(C₁₋₄alkyl) or —O(C₁₋₄haloalkyl); and wherein each said C₇₋₁₂ aralkyl,each said C₁₋₄ alkyl chainand each said C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl group isoptionally and independently substituted with up to 3 instances ofhalogen;

each R^(5b) is independently selected from halogen, —CN, C₁₋₄ alkyl,—(C₁₋₄ alkyl)-R⁶, a C₇₋₁₂ aralkyl, C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl ring, C₁₋₄cyanoalkyl, —OR⁶, —SR⁶, —OCOR⁶, —COR⁶, —C(O)OR⁶, —C(O)N(R⁶)₂,—N(R⁶)C(O)R⁶, —N(R⁶)₂, —SO₂R⁶, —SO₂N(R⁶)₂, —N(R⁶)SO₂R⁶, phenyl or an oxogroup; wherein each said phenyl group is optionally and independentlysubstituted with up to 3 instances of halogen, —OH, —NH₂, —NH(C₁₋₄alkyl), —N(C₁₋₄ alkyl)₂, —NO₂, —CN, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl,—O(C₁₋₄alkyl) or —O(C₁₋₄haloalkyl); and wherein each said C₇₋₁₂ aralkyl,each said C₁₋₄ alkyl chain and each said C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl group isoptionally and independently substituted with up to 3 instances ofhalogen;

each R^(5c) is independently selected from halogen, —CN, C₁₋₄ alkyl,—(C₁₋₄ alkyl)-R⁶, a C₇₋₁₂ aralkyl, C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl ring, C₁₋₄cyanoalkyl, —OR⁶, —SR⁶, —OCOR⁶, —COR⁶, —C(O)OR⁶, —C(O)N(R⁶)₂,—N(R⁶)C(O)R⁶, —N(R⁶)₂, —SO₂R⁶, —SO₂N(R⁶)₂, —N(R⁶)SO₂R⁶, phenyl or an oxogroup; wherein each said phenyl group is optionally and independentlysubstituted with up to 3 instances of halogen, —OH, —NH₂, —NH(C₁₋₄alkyl), —N(C₁₋₄ alkyl)₂, —NO₂, —CN, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl,—O(C₁₋₄alkyl) or —O(C₁₋₄haloalkyl); and wherein each said C₇₋₁₂ aralkyl,each said C₁₋₄ alkyl chain and each said C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl group isoptionally and independently substituted with up to 3 instances ofhalogen;

each R^(5d) is independently selected from halogen, —CN, C₁₋₄ alkyl,—(C₁₋₄ alkyl)-R⁶, a C₇₋₁₂ aralkyl, C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl ring, C₁₋₄cyanoalkyl, —OR⁶, —SR⁶, —OCOR⁶, —COR⁶, —C(O)OR⁶, —C(O)N(R⁶)₂,—N(R⁶)C(O)R⁶, —N(R⁶)₂, —SO₂R⁶, —SO₂N(R⁶)₂, —N(R⁶)SO₂R⁶, phenyl or an oxogroup; wherein each said phenyl group is optionally and independentlysubstituted with up to 3 instances of halogen, —OH, —NH₂, —NH(C₁₋₄alkyl), —N(C₁₋₄ alkyl)₂, —NO₂, —CN, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl,—O(C₁₋₄alkyl) or —O(C₁₋₄haloalkyl); and wherein each said C₇₋₁₂ aralkyl,

-   each said C₁₋₄ alkyl chain and each said C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl group is    optionally and independently substituted with up to 3 instances of    halogen;-   each R⁶ is independently selected from hydrogen, a C₁₋₄ alkyl, a    C₂₋₄ alkenyl, phenyl, a C₇₋₁₂ aralkyl or a C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl ring;    wherein each said C₁₋₄ alkyl, each said C₂₋₄ alkenyl, each said    phenyl, each said C₇₋₁₂ aralkyl and each said cycloalkyl group is    optionally and independently substituted with up to 3 instances of    halogen;-   alternatively, two instances of R⁶ linked to the same nitrogen atom    of R⁵, R^(5a), R^(5b), R^(5c) or R^(5d), together with said nitrogen    atom of R⁵, R^(5a), R^(5b), R^(5c) or R^(5d), respectively, may form    a 5 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring or a 5-membered heteroaryl ring;    wherein each said 5 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring and each said    5-membered heteroaryl ring optionally contains up to 2 additional    heteroatoms independently selected from N, O or S; or-   alternatively, one instance of R⁶ linked to a nitrogen atom of R⁵,    R^(5a), R^(5b), R^(5c) or R^(5d) and one instance of R⁶ linked to a    carbon or sulfur atom of the same R⁵, R^(5a), R^(5b), R^(5c) or    R^(5d), respectively, together with said nitrogen and said carbon or    sulfur atom of the same R⁵, R^(5a), R^(5b), R^(5c) or R^(5d),    respectively, may form a 5 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring or a    5-membered heteroaryl ring; wherein each said 5 to 8-membered    heterocyclic ring and each said 5-membered heteroaryl ring    optionally contains up to 2 additional heteroatoms independently    selected from N, O or S;-   alternatively, two J^(D) groups attached to two vicinal ring D    atoms, taken together with said two vicinal ring D atoms, form a 5    to 7-membered heterocycle or a 5-membered heteroaryl ring that is    fused to ring D; wherein said 5 to 7-membered heterocycle or said    5-membered ring heteroaryl contains from 1 to 3 heteroatoms    independently selected from N, O or S; and wherein said 5 to    7-membered heterocycle or said 5-membered heteroaryl ring is    optionally and independently substituted by up to 3 instances of oxo    or —(Y)—R⁹;-   wherein Y is either absent or is a linkage in the form of a C₁₋₆    alkyl chain, optionally substituted by up to 6 instances of fluoro;-   each R⁹ is independently selected from hydrogen, —CN, —OR¹⁰ , —COR¹⁰    , —OC(O)R¹⁰ , —C(O)OR¹⁰, —C(O)N(R¹⁰)², —C(O)N(R¹⁰)SO₂R¹⁰,    —N(R¹⁰)C(O)R¹⁰, N(R¹⁰)C(O)OR¹⁰, —N(R¹⁰C(O)N(R¹⁰)₂, —N(R¹⁰)₂,    —SO₂R¹⁰, —SO₂N(R¹⁰)₂, —SO₂N(R¹⁰)COOR¹⁰, —SO₂N(R¹⁰)C(O)R¹⁰,    —N(R¹⁰)SO₂R¹⁰, a C3-6 cycloalkyl ring, a 4-8-membered heterocyclic    ring, a phenyl ring or a 5-6 membered heteroaroaryl ring; wherein    each said 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring or 5 to 6-membered    heteroaryl ring contains up to 4 ring heteroatoms independently    selected from N, O or S; and wherein each of said C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl    rings, each of said 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic rings, each of said    phenyl and each of said 5 to 6-membered heteroaryl rings is    optionally substituted with up to 3 instances of R^(11a);-   wherein each R¹⁰ is independently selected from hydrogen, a C₁₋₆    alkyl, phenyl, benzyl, a C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl ring, a 4 to 7-membered    heterocyclic ring or a 5 or 6-membered heteroaryl ring, wherein each    5 or 6-membered heteroaryl ring or 4 to 7-membered heterocyclic ring    contains up to 4 ring heteroatoms independently selected from N, O    and S; and wherein each of said C₁₋₆ alkyl, each said phenyl, each    said benzyl, each said C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl group, each said 4 to    7-membered heterocyclic ring and each 5 or 6-membered heteroaryl    ring is optionally and independently substituted with up to 3    instances of R^(11b);-   each R^(11a) is independently selected from halogen, C₁₋₆ alkyl,    —CN, —OR¹², —COR¹², —C(O)OR¹², —C(O)N(R¹²)₂, —N(R¹²)C(O)R¹²,    —N(R¹²)C(OR¹², —N(R¹²)C(O)N(R¹²)₂, —N(R¹²)₂, —SO₂R¹², —SO₂N(R¹²)₂ or    —N(R¹²)SO₂R¹²; wherein each of said C₁₋₆ alkyl is optionally and    independently substituted by up to 6 instances of fluoro, and/or 3    instances of R¹²;-   each R^(11b) is independently selected from halogen, C₁₋₆ alkyl,    —CN, —OR¹², —COR¹², —C(O)OR¹², —C(O)N(R¹²)₂, —N(R¹²)C(O)R¹²,    —N(R¹²)C(O)OR¹², —N(R¹²)C(O)N(R¹²)₂, —N(R¹²)₂, —SO₂R¹², —SO₂N(R¹²)₂    or —N(R¹²)SO₂R¹²; wherein each of said C₁₋₆ alkyl is optionally and    independently substituted by up to 6 instances of fluoro and/or 3    instances of R¹²;-   each R¹² is selected from C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ (fluoroalkyl), —OH, —NH₂,    —NH(C₁₋₄ alkyl), —N(C₁₋₄ alkyl)₂, —CN, —COOH, —COO(C₁₋₄ alkyl),    —O(C₁₋₄ alkyl), —O(C₁₋₄ fluoroalkyl) or oxo;-   R^(C) is either-   i) a ring C; or-   ii) R^(C) is selected from halogen, —CN, C₁₋₆ alkyl, —(C₁₋₆    alkyl)-R^(N), —OR^(K), —COR^(K), —OC(O)R^(K), —C(O)OR^(K),    —C(O)N(R^(K))₂, —N(R^(k))C(O)R^(K), —N(R^(k))C(O)OR^(K),    —N(R¹)C(O)N(R^(K))₂, —N(R^(K))₂, —SO₂R^(K), —SO₂N(R^(K))₂ or    —N(R^(k))SO₂R^(K); wherein said R^(C) that is a C₁₋₆ alkyl is    optionally and independently substituted with up to 6 instances of    fluoro and/or up to 3 instances of R^(7c)1;-   each R^(k) is independently selected from hydrogen or a C₁₋₆ alkyl;-   each R^(K) is independently selected from hydrogen, a C₁₋₆ alkyl, a    phenyl ring, a monocyclic 5 or 6-membered heteroaryl ring, a    monocyclic C3-6 cycloaliphatic ring, or a monocyclic 4 to 6-membered    heterocycle; wherein said monocyclic 5 or 6-membered heteroaryl ring    or said monocyclic 4 to 6-membered heterocycle contain between 1 and    4 heteroatoms selected from N, O or S; wherein said monocyclic 5 or    6-membered heteroaryl ring is not a 1,3,5-triazinyl ring; and    wherein said phenyl, said monocyclic 5 to 6-membered heteroaryl    ring, said monocyclic C3-6 cycloaliphatic ring, or said monocyclic 4    to 6-membered heterocycle is optionally and independently    substituted with up to 6 instances of fluoro and/or up to 3    instances of J^(M); and wherein each R^(K) that is a C₁₋₆ alkyl is    optionally and independently substituted by up to 3 instances of    R^(7d);-   each R^(N) is independently selected from a phenyl ring, a    monocyclic 5 or 6-membered heteroaryl ring, a monocyclic C3-6    cycloaliphatic ring, or a monocyclic 4 to 6-membered heterocycle;    wherein said monocyclic 5 or 6-membered heteroaryl ring or said    monocyclic 4 to 6-membered heterocycle contain between 1 and 4    heteroatoms selected from N, O or S; wherein said monocyclic 5 or    6-membered heteroaryl ring is not a 1,3,5-triazinyl ring; and    wherein said phenyl, said monocyclic 5 to 6-membered heteroaryl    ring, said monocyclic C3-6 cycloaliphatic ring, or said monocyclic 4    to 6-membered heterocycle is optionally and independently    substituted with up to 6 instances of fluoro and/or up to 3    instances of J^(M);-   each J^(M) is independently selected from —CN, a C₁₋₆ aliphatic,    —OR^(M), —SR^(M), —N(R^(M))₂, a C₃₋₈ cycloaliphatic ring or a 4 to    8-membered heterocyclic ring; wherein said 4 to 8-membered    heterocyclic ring contains 1 or 2 heteroatoms independently selected    from N, O or S; wherein each said C₁₋₆ aliphatic, each said C₃₋₈    cycloaliphatic ring and each said 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring,    is optionally and independently substituted with up to 3 instances    of R^(7c);-   each R^(M) is independently selected from hydrogen, a C₁₋₆    aliphatic, a C₃₋₈ cycloaliphatic ring or a 4 to 8-membered    heterocyclic ring; wherein each said 4 to 8-membered heterocylic    ring contains between 1 and 3 heteroatoms independently selected    from O, N or S; and wherein each said C₁₋₆ aliphatic, each said C₃₋₈    cycloaliphatic ring and each said 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring,    is optionally and independently substituted with up to 3 instances    of R^(7e);-   ring C is a phenyl ring, a monocyclic 5 or 6-membered heteroaryl    ring, a bicyclic 8 to 10-membered heteroaryl ring, a monocyclic 3 to    10-membered cycloaliphatic ring, or a monocyclic 4 to 10-membered    heterocycle; wherein said monocyclic 5 or 6-membered heteroaryl    ring, said bicyclic 8 to 10-membered heteroaryl ring, or said    monocyclic 4 to 10-membered heterocycle contain between 1 and 4    heteroatoms selected from N, O or S; wherein said monocyclic 5 or    6-membered heteroaryl ring is not a 1,3,5-triazinyl ring; and    wherein said phenyl, monocyclic 5 to 6-membered heteroaryl ring,    bicyclic 8 to 10-membered heteroaryl ring, monocyclic 3 to    10-membered cycloaliphatic ring, or monocyclic 4 to 10-membered    heterocycle is optionally and independently substituted with up to 3    instances of J^(C);-   each J^(C) is independently selected from halogen, —CN, —NO₂, a C₁₋₆    aliphatic, —OR^(H), —SR^(H), —N(R^(H))₂, a C₃₋₈ cycloaliphatic ring    or a 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring; wherein said 4 to 8-membered    heterocyclic ring contains 1 or 2 heteroatoms independently selected    from N, O or S; wherein each said C₁₋₆ aliphatic, each said C₃₋₈    cycloaliphatic ring and each said 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring,    is optionally and independently substituted with up to 3 instances    of R⁷; or-   alternatively, two J^(C) groups attached to two vicinal ring C    atoms, taken together with said two vicinal ring C atoms, form a 5    to 7-membered heterocycle that is a new ring fused to ring C;-   wherein said 5 to 7-membered heterocycle contains from 1 to 2    heteroatoms independently selected from N, O or S;-   each R^(H) is independently selected from hydrogen, a C₁₋₆    aliphatic, a C₃₋₈ cycloaliphatic ring or a 4 to 8-membered    heterocyclic ring ; wherein each said 4 to 8-membered heterocylic    ring contains between 1 and 3 heteroatoms independently selected    from O, N or S; and wherein each said C₁₋₆ aliphatic, each said C₃₋₈    cycloaliphatic ring and each said 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring,    is optionally and independently substituted with up to 3 instances    of R^(7a);-   alternatively, two instances of R^(H) linked to the same nitrogen    atom of —N(R^(H))₂, together with said nitrogen atom of —N(R^(H))₂,    form a 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring or a 5-membered heteroaryl    ring; wherein each said 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring and each    said 5-membered heteroaryl ring optionally contains up to 2    additional heteroatoms independently selected from N, O or S, and    wherein each said 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring and each said    5-membered heteroaryl ring is optionally and independently    substituted by up to 3 instances of R^(7b);-   each R⁷ is independently selected from halogen, —CN, —NO₂, C₁₋₄    alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl ring, C₃₋₈ (halocycloalkyl)    ring, —OR⁸, —SR⁸, —N(R⁸)₂, or an oxo group;-   each R^(7a) is independently selected from halogen, —CN, —NO₂, C₁₋₄    alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl ring, C₃₋₈ (halocycloalkyl)    ring, —OR⁸, —SR⁸, —N(R⁸)₂, or an oxo group;-   each R^(7b) is independently selected from halogen, —CN, —NO₂, C₁₋₄    alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl ring, C₃₋₈ (halocycloalkyl)    ring, —OR⁸, —SR⁸, —N(R⁸)₂, or an oxo group;-   each R^(7c) is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, —CN,    —NO₂, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl ring, —OR⁸, —SR⁸,    —N(R⁸)₂, or an oxo group; wherein each said cycloalkyl group is    optionally and independently substituted with up to 3 instances of    halogen;-   each R^(7d) is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, —CN,    —NO₂, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl ring, —OR⁸, —SR⁸,    —N(R⁸)₂, or an oxo group; wherein each said cycloalkyl group is    optionally and independently substituted with up to 3 instances of    halogen;-   each R^(7e) is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, —CN,    —NO₂, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl ring, —OR⁸, —SR⁸,    —N(R⁸)₂, or an oxo group; wherein each said cycloalkyl group is    optionally and independently substituted with up to 3 instances of    halogen;-   each R⁸ is independently selected from hydrogen, a C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄    haloalkyl or a C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl ring, C₃₋₈ (halocycloalkyl)    ringalternatively, two instances of R⁸ linked to the same nitrogen    atom of R⁷, R^(7a), R^(7b), R^(7c), R^(7d) or R^(7e), together with    said nitrogen atom of R⁷, R^(7a), R^(7b), R^(7c), R^(7d) or R^(7e)    form a 5 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring or a 5-membered heteroaryl    ring; wherein each said 5 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring and each    said 5-membered heteroaryl ring optionally contains up to 2    additional heteroatoms independently selected from N, O or S; and-   R^(A) is selected from hydrogen, halogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl or C₁₋₄    haloalkyl.-   In the compounds of Formula I:-   ring B is a phenyl or a 5 or 6-membered heteroaryl ring, containing    1 or 2 ring heteroatoms selected from N, O or S;-   n is an integer selected from 0 to 3;-   each J^(B) is independently selected from halogen, —CN, a C₁₋₆    aliphatic, —OR^(B) or a C₃₋₈ cycloaliphatic group; wherein each said    C₁₋₆ aliphatic and each said C₃₋₈ cycloaliphatic group is optionally    and independently substituted with up to 3 instances of R³;-   each R^(B) is independently selected from hydrogen, a C₁₋₆ aliphatic    or a C₃₋₈ cycloaliphatic; wherein each said C₁₋₆ aliphatic and each    said C₃₋₈ cycloaliphatic ring is optionally and independently    substituted with up to 3 instances of R^(3a);-   each R³ is independently selected from halogen, —CN, C₁₋₄ alkyl,    C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, —O(C₁₋₄ alkyl) or —O(C₁₋₄ haloalkyl);-   each R^(3a) is independently selected from halogen, —CN, C₁₋₄ alkyl,    C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, —O(C₁₋₄ alkyl) or —O(C₁₋₄ haloalkyl);-   o is an integer selected from 0 to 3;-   each J^(D) is independently selected from halogen, —NO₂, —OR^(D),    —SR^(D), —C(O)R^(D), —C(O)OR^(D), —C(O)N(R^(D))₂, —CN, —N(R^(D))₂,    —N(R^(d))C(O)R^(D), —N(R^(d))C(O)OR^(D), —SO₂R^(D), —SO₂N(R^(D))₂,    —N(R^(d))SO₂R^(D), a C₁₋₆ aliphatic, (C₁₋₆ aliphatic)-R^(D), a C₃₋₈    cycloaliphatic ring, a 6 to 10-membered aryl ring, a 4 to 8-membered    heterocyclic ring or a 5 to 10-membered heteroaryl ring; wherein    each said 4 to 8-membered heterocylic ring and each said 5 to    10-membered heteroaryl ring contains between 1 and 3 heteroatoms    independently selected from O, N or S; and wherein each said C₁₋₆    aliphatic, each said C₃₋₈ cycloaliphatic ring, each said 6 to    10-membered aryl ring, each said 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring    and each said 5 to 10-membered heteroaryl ring is optionally and    independently substituted with up to 3 instances of R⁵;-   each R^(D) is independently selected from hydrogen, a C₁₋₆    aliphatic, (C₁₋₆ aliphatic)-R^(f), a C₃₋₈ cycloaliphatic ring, a 4    to 8-membered heterocyclic ring, phenyl or a 5 to 6-membered    heteroaryl ring; wherein each said 4 to 8-membered heterocylic ring    and each said 5 to 6-membered heteroaryl ring contains between 1 and    3 heteroatoms independently selected from O, N or S; and wherein    each said C₁₋₆ aliphatic, each said C₃₋₈ cycloaliphatic ring, each    said 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring, each said phenyl and each    said 5 to 6-membered heteroaryl ring is optionally and independently    substituted with up to 3 instances of R⁵′;-   each R^(d) is independently selected from hydrogen, a C₁₋₆    aliphatic, (C₁₋₆ aliphatic)-R^(f), a C₃₋₈ cycloaliphatic ring, a 4    to 8-membered heterocyclic ring, phenyl or a 5 to 6-membered    heteroaryl ring; wherein each said heterocylic ring and each said    heteroaryl ring contains between 1 and 3 heteroatoms independently    selected from O, N or S; and wherein each said C₁₋₆ aliphatic, each    said C₃₋₈ cycloaliphatic ring, each said 4 to 8-membered    heterocyclic ring, each said phenyl and each said 5 to 6-membered    heteroaryl ring is optionally and independently substituted by up to    3 instances of R^(5b);-   each R^(f) is independently selected from a C₃₋₈ cycloaliphatic    ring, a 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring, phenyl or a 5 to    6-membered heteroaryl ring; wherein each said heterocylic ring and    each said heteroaryl ring contains between 1 and 3 heteroatoms    independently selected from O, N or S; and wherein each said C₃₋₈    cycloaliphatic ring, each said 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring,    each said phenyl and each said 5 to 6-membered heteroaryl ring is    optionally and independently substituted by up to 3 instances of    R⁵c;-   when J^(D) is —C(O)N(R^(D))₂, —N(R^(D))₂ or —SO₂N(R^(D))₂, the two    R^(D) groups together with the nitrogen atom attached to the R^(D)    groups alternatively form a 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring or a    5-membered heteroaryl ring; wherein each said 4 to 8-membered    heterocyclic ring and each said 5-membered heteroaryl ring    optionally contains up to 2 additional heteroatoms independently    selected from N, O or S, and wherein each said 4 to 8-membered    heterocyclic ring and each said 5-membered heteroaryl ring is    optionally and independently substituted by up to 3 instances of R⁵;-   when J^(D) is —N(R^(d))C(O)R^(D), the R^(D) group together with the    carbon atom attached to the R^(D) group, with the nitrogen atom    attached to the R^(d) group, and with the R^(d) group alternatively    form a 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring or a 5-membered heteroaryl    ring; wherein each said 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring and each    said 5-membered heteroaryl ring optionally contains up to 2    additional heteroatoms independently selected from N, O or S, and    wherein each said 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring and each said    5-membered heteroaryl ring is optionally and independently    substituted by up to 3 instances of R⁵;-   when J^(D) is —N(R^(d))C(O)OR^(D), the R^(D) group together with the    oxygen atom attached to the R^(D) group, with the carbon atom of the    —C(O)— portion of the —N(R^(d))C(O)OR^(D) group, with the nitrogen    atom attached to the R^(d) group, and with the R^(d) group    alternatively form a 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring or a    5-membered heteroaryl ring; wherein each said 4 to 8-membered    heterocyclic ring and each said 5-membered heteroaryl ring    optionally contains up to 2 additional heteroatoms independently    selected from N, O or S, and wherein each said 4 to 8-membered    heterocyclic ring and each said 5-membered heteroaryl ring is    optionally and independently substituted by up to 3 instances of R⁵;-   when J^(D) is —N(R^(d))SO₂R^(D), the R^(D) group together with the    oxygen atom attached to the R^(D) group, with the sulfur atom    attached to said oxygen atom in the —SO₂R^(D) portion of the    —N(R^(d))SO₂R^(D) group, with the nitrogen atom attached to the    R^(d) group, and with the R^(d) group alternatively form a 4 to    8-membered heterocyclic ring or a 5-membered heteroaryl ring;    wherein each said 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring and each said    5-membered heteroaryl ring optionally contains up to 2 additional    heteroatoms independently selected from N, O or S, and wherein each    said 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring and each said 5-membered    heteroaryl ring is optionally and independently substituted by up to    3 instances of R⁵;-   each R⁵ is independently selected from halogen, —CN, —NO₂, C₁₋₄    alkyl, a C₇₋₁₂ aralkyl, C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl ring, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₄    cyanoalkyl, —OR⁶, —SR⁶, —OCOR⁶, —COR⁶, —C(O)OR⁶, —C(O)N(R⁶)₂,    —N(R⁶)C(O)R⁶, —N(R⁶)₂, —SO₂R⁶, —SO₂N(R⁶)₂, —N(R⁶)SO₂R⁶, phenyl or an    oxo group; wherein each said phenyl group is optionally and    independently substituted with up to 3 instances of halogen, —OH,    —NH₂, —NH(C₁₋₄ alkyl), —N(C₁₋₄ alkyl)₂, —NO₂, —CN, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄    haloalkyl, —O(C₁₋₄ alkyl) or —O(C₁₋₄ haloalkyl); and wherein each    said C₇₋₁₂ aralkyl and each said cycloalkyl group is optionally and    independently substituted with up to 3 instances of halogen;-   each R^(5a) is independently selected from halogen, —CN, —NO₂, C₁₋₄    alkyl, a C₇₋₁₂ aralkyl, C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl ring, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₄    cyanoalkyl, —OR⁶, —SR⁶, —OCOR⁶, —COR⁶, —C(O)OR⁶, —C(O)N(R⁶)₂,    —N(R⁶)C(O)R⁶, —N(R⁶)₂, —SO₂R⁶, —SO₂N(R⁶)₂, —N(R⁶)SO₂R⁶, phenyl or an    oxo group; wherein each said phenyl group is optionally and    independently substituted with up to 3 instances of halogen, —OH,    —NH₂, —NH(C₁₋₄ alkyl), —N(C₁₋₄ alkyl)₂, —NO₂, —CN, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄    haloalkyl, —O(C₁₋₄ alkyl) or —O(C₁₋₄ haloalkyl); and wherein each    said C₇₋₁₂ aralkyl and each said cycloalkyl group is optionally and    independently substituted with up to 3 instances of halogen;-   each R^(5b) is independently selected from halogen, —CN, —NO₂, C₁₋₄    alkyl, a C₇₋₁₂ aralkyl, C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl ring, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₄    cyanoalkyl, —OR⁶, —SR⁶, —OCOR⁶, —COR⁶, —C(O)OR⁶, —C(O)N(R⁶)₂,    —N(R⁶)C(O)R⁶, —N(R⁶)₂, —SO₂R⁶, —SO₂N(R⁶)₂, —N(R⁶)SO₂R⁶, phenyl or an    oxo group; wherein each said phenyl group is optionally and    independently substituted with up to 3 instances of halogen, —OH,    —NH₂, —NH(C₁₋₄ alkyl), —N(C₁₋₄ alkyl)₂, —NO₂, —CN, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄    haloalkyl, O(C₁₋₄ alkyl) or O(C₁₋₄haloalkyl); and wherein each said    C₇₋₁₂ aralkyl and each said cycloalkyl group is optionally and    independently substituted with up to 3 instances of halogen;-   each R^(5c) is independently selected from halogen, —CN, —NO₂, C₁₋₄    alkyl, a C₇₋₁₂ aralkyl, C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl ring, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₄    cyanoalkyl, —OR⁶, —SR⁶, —OCOR⁶, —COR⁶, —C(O)OR⁶, —C(O)N(R⁶)₂,    —N(R⁶)C(O)R⁶, —N(R⁶)₂, —SO₂R⁶, —SO₂N(R⁶)₂, —N(R⁶)SO₂R⁶, phenyl or an    oxo group; wherein each said phenyl group is optionally and    independently substituted with up to 3 instances of halogen, —OH,    —NH₂, —NH(C₁₋₄ alkyl), —N(C₁₋₄ alkyl)₂, NO₂, —CN, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄    haloalkyl, —O(C₁₋₄ alkyl) or —O(C₁₋₄haloalkyl); and wherein each    said C₇₋₁₂ aralkyl and each said cycloalkyl group is optionally and    independently substituted with up to 3 instances of halogen;-   each R⁶ is independently selected from hydrogen, a C₁₋₄ alkyl, a    C₂₋₄ alkenyl, phenyl, a C₇₋₁₂ aralkyl or a C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl ring;    wherein each said C₁₋₄ alkyl, each said C₂₋₄ alkenyl, each said    phenyl, each said C₇₋₁₂ aralkyl and each said cycloalkyl group is    optionally and independently substituted with up to 3 instances of    halogen;-   alternatively, two instances of R⁶ linked to the same nitrogen atom    of R⁵, together with said nitrogen atom of R⁵, form a 5 to    8-membered heterocyclic ring or a 5-membered heteroaryl ring;    wherein each said 5 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring and each said    5-membered heteroaryl ring optionally contains up to 2 additional    heteroatoms independently selected from N, O or S; or-   alternatively, one instance of R⁶ linked to a nitrogen atom of R⁵    and one instance of R⁶ linked to a carbon or sulfur atom of the same    R⁵, together with said nitrogen and said carbon or sulfur atom of    the same R⁵, form a 5 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring or a    5-membered heteroaryl ring; wherein each said 5 to 8-membered    heterocyclic ring and each said 5-membered heteroaryl ring    optionally contains up to 2 additional heteroatoms independently    selected from N, O or S;

or, alternatively, two J^(D) groups attached to two vicinal ring Datoms, taken together with said two vicinal ring D atoms, form a 5 to7-membered heterocycle resulting in a fused ring D wherein said 5 to7-membered heterocycle contains from 1 to 3 heteroatoms independentlyselected from N, O or S; and wherein said 5 to 7-membered heterocycle isoptionally and independently substituted by up to 3 instances ofhalogen, —OH, —NH₂, —NH(C₁₋₄ alkyl), —N(C₁₋₄ alkyl)₂, —CN, C₁₋₄ alkyl,C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, —O(C₁₋₄ alkyl), —O(C₁₋₄ haloalkyl), oxo or phenyl;wherein said phenyl is optionally and independently substituted by up tothree instances of halogen, —OH, —NH₂, —NH(C₁₋₄ alkyl), —N(C₁₋₄ alkyl)₂,—NO₂, —CN, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, —O(C₁₋₄ alkyl) or —O(C₁₋₄haloalkyl);

-   R^(C) is a ring C; ring C is a phenyl ring, a monocyclic 5 or    6-membered heteroaryl ring, a bicyclic 8 to 10-membered heteroaryl    ring, a monocyclic 3 to 10-membered cycloaliphatic ring, or a    monocyclic 4 to 10-membered heterocycle; wherein said monocyclic 5    or 6-membered heteroaryl ring, said bicyclic 8 to 10-membered    heteroaryl ring, or said monocyclic 4 to 10-membered heterocycle    contain between 1 and 4 heteroatoms selected from N, O or S; wherein    said monocyclic 5 or 6-membered heteroaryl ring is not a    1,3,5-triazinyl ring; and wherein said phenyl, monocyclic 5 to    6-membered heteroaryl ring, bicyclic 8 to 10-membered heteroaryl    ring, monocyclic 3 to 10-membered cycloaliphatic ring, or monocyclic    4 to 10-membered heterocycle is optionally and independently    substituted with up to 3 instances of J^(C);-   each J^(C) is independently selected from halogen, —CN, —NO₂, a C₁₋₆    aliphatic, —OR^(H), —SR^(H), —N(R^(H))₂, a C₃₋₈ cycloaliphatic ring    or a 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring; wherein said 4 to 8-membered    heterocyclic ring contains 1 or 2 heteroatoms independently selected    from N, O or S; wherein each said C₁₋₆ aliphatic, each said C₃₋₈    cycloaliphatic ring and each said 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring,    is optionally and independently substituted with up to 3 instances    of R⁷; or alternatively, two J^(C) groups attached to two vicinal    ring C atoms, taken together with said two vicinal ring C atoms,    form a 5 to 7-membered heterocycle resulting in a fused ring C;    wherein said 5 to 7-membered heterocycle contains from 1 to 2    heteroatoms independently selected from N, O or S;-   each R^(H) is independently selected from hydrogen, a C₁₋₆    aliphatic, a C₃₋₈ cycloaliphatic ring or a 4 to 8-membered    heterocyclic ring,; wherein each said 4 to 8-membered heterocylic    ring contains between 1 and 3 heteroatoms independently selected    from O, N or S; and wherein-   each said C₁₋₆ aliphatic, each said C₃₋₈ cycloaliphatic ring, each    said 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring, is optionally and    independently substituted with up to 3 instances of R^(7a);-   alternatively, two instances of R^(H) linked to the same nitrogen    atom of J^(C), together with said nitrogen atom of J^(C), form a 4    to 8-membered heterocyclic ring or a 5-membered heteroaryl ring;    wherein each said 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring and each said    5-membered heteroaryl ring optionally contains up to 2 additional    heteroatoms independently selected from N, O or S, and wherein each    said 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring and each said 5-membered    heteroaryl ring is optionally and independently substituted by up to    3 instances of R^(7b);-   each R⁷ is independently selected from halogen, —CN, —NO₂, C₁₋₄    alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl ring, —OR⁸, —SR⁸, —N(R⁸)₂, or    an oxo group; wherein each said cycloalkyl group is optionally and    independently substituted with up to 3 instances of halogen;-   each R^(7a) is independently selected from halogen, CN, NO₂, C₁₋₄    alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl ring, OR⁸, —SR⁸, —N(R⁸)₂, or    an oxo group; wherein each said cycloalkyl group is optionally and    independently substituted with up to 3 instances of halogen;-   each R^(7b) is independently selected from halogen, CN, NO₂, C₁₋₄    alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl ring, OR⁸, —SR⁸, —N(R⁸)₂, or    an oxo group; wherein each said cycloalkyl group is optionally and    independently substituted with up to 3 instances of halogen;-   each R⁸ is independently selected from hydrogen, a C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄    haloalkyl or a C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl ring; wherein each said cycloalkyl    group is optionally and independently substituted with up to 3    instances of halogen;-   alternatively, two instances of R⁸ linked to the same nitrogen atom    of R⁷, R^(7a) or R^(7b), together with said nitrogen atom of R⁷,    R^(7a) or R^(7b), form a 5 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring or a    5-membered heteroaryl ring; wherein each said 5 to 8-membered    heterocyclic ring and each said 5-membered heteroaryl ring    optionally contains up to 2 additional heteroatoms independently    selected from N, O or S; and-   R^(A) is selected from hydrogen, halogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl or C₁₋₄    haloalkyl.

In some of the embodiments of the compounds of Formula Ib, orpharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, ring B is absent. In some ofthe embodiments, R^(A) is hydrogen.

In some of the embodiments of the compounds of Formula Ib, orpharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, the compounds are representedby Formula IIb:

wherein each instance of Z is independently selected from fluorine orhydrogen; the (CZ₂)₁₋₅ group is linked to the 3-positon of the pyrazolylgroup via a terminal carbon atom with a single bond; each of the CZ₂ inthe (CZ₂)₁₋₅ group is linked to the adjacent CZ₂ or CZ₃ groups via asingle bond attached to the adjacent carbon atoms; and the CZ₃ group islinked to the adjacent CZ₂ group via a single bond attached to theadjacent carbon atoms.

In some of the embodiments of the compounds of Formula IIb, orpharmaceuticaly acceptable salts thereof, up to 5 instances of Z arefluorine and the remaining instances of Z are hydrogen. In some of theseembodiments, R^(A) is hydrogen.

In some of the embodiments of the compounds of Formula Ib or IIb, orpharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, R^(C) is not a ring. In someof these embodiments, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof,R^(C) can be selected from halogen, —CN, C₁₋₆ alkyl, —(C₁₋₆alkyl)-R^(N), —OR^(K), —COR^(K), —C(O)OR^(K), —C(O)N(R^(K))₂,—N(R^(k))C(O)R^(K), —N(R^(k))C(O)OR^(K), —N(R^(k))C(O)N(R^(K))₂,—N(R^(K))₂, —SO₂R^(K), —SO₂N(R^(K))₂, or —N(R^(k))SO₂R^(K); wherein whensaid R^(C) is a C₁₋₆ alkyl, the C₁₋₆ alkyl is optionally andindependently substituted with up to 6 instances of fluoro and/or up to2 instances of R^(7c). In some of these embodiments, or pharmaceuticallyacceptable salts thereof, R^(C) can be —CN, C₁₋₆ alkyl, —COR^(K),—C(O)OR^(K), —C(O)N(R^(K))₂, —N(R^(K))₂, —SO₂R^(7K), or —SO₂N(R^(K))₂;wherein when said R^(C) is a C₁₋₆ alkyl, the C₁₋₆ alkyl is optionallyand independently substituted with up to 6 instances of fluoro and/or upto 2 instances of R^(7c). In some of these embodiments, orpharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, R^(C) can be —COR^(K),—C(O)OR^(K), —C(O)N(R^(K))₂, —N(R^(K))₂, —SO₂R^(K) or —SO₂N(R^(K))₂.

In some of the embodiments of the compounds of Formula Ib or IIb, orpharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, R^(c) is ring C. In some ofthese compounds, or the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, ringC is a phenyl, a monocyclic 5 or 6-membered heteroaryl ring, amonocyclic C3-6 cycloaliphatic ring or a monocyclic 4 to 6-memberedheterocycle; each of the phenyl, monocyclic 5 or 6-membered heteroarylring, monocyclic C₃₋₆ cycloaliphatic ring or monocyclic 4 to 6-memberedheterocycle is optionally and independently substituted with up to 3instances of f. Ring C can also be a 5 or 6-membered heteroaryl ring,optionally substituted with up to 2 instances of f, or ring C can beunsubstituted. For instance, Ring C can be thienyl, thiazolyl,oxadiazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyrrolyl, triazolyl,furanyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl or pyridazinyl, which can beunsubstituted or substituted. Ring C can also be unsubstituted orsubstituted oxazolyl or unsubstituted isoxazolyl.

In some of the embodiments of the compounds of Formula Ib or IIb, orpharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, the compounds are representedby Formula IIIb:

wherein each instance of Z is independently selected from fluorine orhydrogen; the (CZ₂)₁₋₅ group is linked to the 3-positon of the pyrazolylgroup via a terminal carbon atom with a single bond; each of the CZ₂ inthe (CZ₂)₁₋₅ group is linked to the adjacent CZ₂ or CZ₃ groups via asingle bond attached to the carbon atom; and the CZ₃ group is linked tothe adjacent CZ₂ via a single bond attached to the carbon atom;

-   the circle with a letter C in the middle represents ring C;-   when X is N, the moiety —N(R¹)(R²) is absent,-   when X is C, the moiety —N(R¹)(R²) is present,-   J^(A) is selected from hydrogen, halogen, methyl, methoxy,    trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy or —NR^(a)R^(b), wherein R^(a) and    R^(b) are each independently selected from hydrogen, C₁₋₆ alkyl or a    3-6 cycloalkyl ring; or wherein R^(a) and R^(b) together with the N    atom to which they are attached form a 4 to 6-membered heterocyclic    ring;-   J^(D) is selected from hydrogen, halogen, —CN, —CF₃, methoxy,    trifluoromethoxy or methyl;-   R¹ and R², together with the nitrogen atom to which they are    attached, form a 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring or 5 or    6-membered heteroaryl ring; wherein said 4 to 8-membered    heterocyclic ring or 5 or 6-membered heteroaryl ring optionally    contains in addition to the nitrogen atom up to 3 ring heteroatoms    independently selected from N, O or S, and is optionally substituted    by up to 5 instances of R^(5e); or-   alternatively, R¹ and R² are each independently selected from    hydrogen, C₁₋₆ alkyl, a C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl ring, a 4 to 8-membered    heterocyclic ring, a 5 or 6-membered heteroaryl or a C₁₋₆    alkyl-R^(Y); wherein each of said 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring    and each of said 5 or 6-membered heteroaryl ring contains up to 3    ring heteroatoms independently selected from N, O and S; and wherein    each of said C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl ring, 4 to 8-membered    heterocyclic ring group, 5 or 6-membered heteroaryl and C₁₋₆    alkyl-R^(Y) is optionally and independently substituted with up to 5    instances of R^(5f); provided that R¹ and R² are never    simultaneously hydrogen; or-   alternatively, when R¹ and R² attached to the nitrogen atom form the    4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring or 5 or 6-membered heteroaryl ring    substituted with up to 5 instances of R^(5e), two of the instances    of R^(5e) attached to the same or different atoms of said ring,    together with said atom or atoms, optionally form a C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl    ring, a 4 to 6-membered heterocyclic ring; a phenyl or a 5 or    6-membered heteroaryl ring, resulting in a bicyclic system wherein    the two rings of the bicyclic system are in a spiro, fused or    bridged relationship, wherein said 4 to 6-membered heterocycle or    said 5 or 6-membered heteroaryl ring contains up to three ring    heteroatoms independently selected from N, O or S; and wherein said    C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl ring, 4 to 6-membered heterocyclic ring, phenyl or 5    or 6-membered heteroaryl ring is optionally and independently    substituted by up to 3 instances of C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₄    alkoxy, C₁₋₄ haloalkoxy, oxo, —C(O)O(C₁₋₄alkyl), —C(O)OH,    —NR(CO)CO(C₁₋₄ alkyl), —OH or halogen; wherein R is hydrogen or a    C₁₋₂ alkyl;-   R^(Y) is selected from a C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl ring, a 4 to 8-membered    heterocyclic ring, phenyl, or a 5 to 6-membered heteroaromatic ring;    wherein each of said 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring or 5 to    6-membered heteroaromatic ring contains up to 4 ring heteroatoms    independently selected from N, O or S; and wherein each of said C₃₋₈    cycloalkyl ring, each of said 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring,    each of said phenyl, and each of said 5 to 6-membered heteroaromatic    ring is optionally substituted with up to 5 instances of R^(5g); or-   alternatively, when one of R¹ or R² is the C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl ring, 4    to 8-membered heterocyclic ring or 5 or 6-membered heteroaryl    substituted with up to 5 instances of R^(5f), two of the instances    of R^(5f) attached to the same or different ring atoms of said R¹ or    R², together with said atom or atoms, form a C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl ring, a    4 to 6-membered heterocyclic ring, a phenyl or a 5 or 6-membered    heterocyclic ring, resulting in a bicyclic system wherein the two    rings are in a spiro, fused or bridged relationship, wherein said 4    to 6-membered heterocycle or said 5 or 6-membered heterocyclic ring    contains up to two ring heteroatoms independently selected from N, O    or S; and wherein said C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl ring, 4 to 6-membered    heterocyclic ring, phenyl or 5 or 6-membered heterocyclic ring is    optionally substituted by up to 2 instances of C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄    haloalkyl, oxo, —(CO)CO(C₁₋₄ alkyl), —NR′(CO)CO(C₁₋₄ alkyl) or    halogen; wherein R′ is hydrogen or a C₁₋₂ alkyl;-   each R^(5e) is independently selected from halogen, —CN, C₁₋₆ alkyl,    —OR^(6a), —SR^(6a), —COR^(6a), —OC(O)R^(6a), —C(O)OR^(6a),    —C(O)N(R^(6a))₂, —C(O)N(R^(6a))SO₂R^(6a), —N(R^(6a))C(O)R^(6a),    —N(R^(6a))C(O)OR^(6a), —N(R^(6a))C(O)N(R^(6a))₂, —N(R^(6a))²,    —SO₂R^(6a), —SO₂N(R^(6a))₂, —SO₂N(R^(6a))COOR^(6a),    —SO₂N(R^(6a))C(O)R^(6a), —N(R^(6a))SO₂R^(6a), a C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl    ring, a 4 to 7-membered heterocyclic ring, a 5 or 6-membered    heteroaryl ring, phenyl, benzyl, an oxo group or a bicyclic group;    wherein each 5 or 6-membered heteroaryl ring or 4 to 7-membered    heterocyclic ring contains up to 4 ring heteroatoms independently    selected from N, O and S, wherein each of said C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₃₋₈    cycloalkyl ring, 4 to 7-membered heterocyclic ring, 5 or 6-membered    heteroaryl ring, benzyl or phenyl group is optionally and    independently substituted with up to 3 instances of halogen, C₁₋₄    alkyl, —OH, —NH₂, —NH(C₁₋₄ alkyl), —N(C₁₋₄ alkyl)₂, —CN, —COOH,    —COO(C₁₋₄ alkyl), —O(C₁₋₄ alkyl), —O(C₁₋₄ haloalkyl) or oxo; wherein    said bicyclic group contains ring one and ring two in a fused or    bridged relationship, said ring one is a 4 to 7-membered    heterocyclic ring, a 5 or 6-membered heteroaryl ring, phenyl or    benzyl, and said ring two is a phenyl ring or a 5 or 6-membered    heteroaryl ring containing up to 3 ring heteroatoms selected from N,    O or S; and wherein said bicyclic group is optionally and    independently substituted by up to six instances of halogen, C₁₋₄    alkyl, —OH, —NH₂, —NH(C₁₋₄ alkyl), —N(C₁₋₄ alkyl)₂, —CN, —COOH,    —COO(C₁₋₄ alkyl), —O(C₁₋₄ alkyl), —O(C₁₋₄ haloalkyl) or oxo;-   each R^(5f) is independently selected from halogen, —CN, C₁₋₆ alkyl,    —OR', —SR^(6a), —COR^(6a), —OC(O)R^(6a), —C(O)OR^(6a),    —C(O)N(R^(6a))₂, —C(O)N(R^(6a))SO₂R^(6a), —N(R^(6a))C(O)R^(6a),    —N(R^(6a))C(O)OR^(6a), —N(R^(6a))C(O)N(R^(6a))₂, —N(R^(6a))₂,    —SO₂R^(6a), —SO₂N(R^(6a))₂, —SO₂N(R^(6a))COOR^(6a),    —SO₂N(R^(6a))C(O)R^(6a), —N(R^(6a))SO₂R^(6a), a C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl    ring, a 4 to 7-membered heterocyclic ring, a 5 or 6-membered    heteroaryl ring, phenyl, benzyl, an oxo group or a bicyclic group;    wherein each 5 or 6-membered heteroaryl ring or 4 to 7-membered    heterocyclic ring contains up to 4 ring heteroatoms independently    selected from N, O and S, wherein each of said C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₃₋₈    cycloalkyl ring, 4 to 7-membered heterocyclic ring, 5 or 6-membered    heteroaryl ring, benzyl or phenyl group is optionally and    independently substituted with up to 3 instances of halogen, C₁₋₄    alkyl, —OH, —NH₂, —NH(C₁₋₄ alkyl), —N(C₁₋₄ alkyl)₂, —CN, —COOH,    —COO(C₁₋₄ alkyl), —O(C₁₋₄ alkyl), —O(C₁₋₄ haloalkyl) or oxo; wherein    said bicyclic group contains ring one and ring two in a fused or    bridged relationship, said ring one is a 4 to 7-membered    heterocyclic ring, a 5 or 6-membered heteroaryl ring, phenyl or    benzyl, and said ring two is a phenyl ring or a 5 or 6-membered    heteroaryl ring containing up to 3 ring heteroatoms selected from N,    O or S; and wherein said bicyclic group is optionally and    independently substituted by up to six instances of halogen, C₁₋₄    alkyl, OH, —NH₂, —NH(C₁₋₄ alkyl), —N(C₁₋₄ alkyl)₂, —CN, —COOH,    —COO(C₁₋₄ alkyl), —O(C₁₋₄ alkyl), —O(C₁₋₄ haloalkyl) or oxo;-   each R^(6a) is independently selected from hydrogen, a C₁₋₆ alkyl,    phenyl, benzyl, a C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl ring, a 4 to 7-membered    heterocyclic ring or a 5 or 6-membered heteroaryl ring, wherein each    of said C₁₋₆ alkyl, each of said phenyl, each of said benzyl, each    of said C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl group, each of said 4 to 7-membered    heterocyclic ring and each of said 5 or 6-membered heteroaryl ring    is optionally and independently substituted with up to 3 instances    of halogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, —OH, —NH₂, —NH(C₁₋₄ alkyl), —N(C₁₋₄ alkyl)₂,    —CN, —COOH, —COO(C₁₋₄alkyl), —O(C₁₋₄ alkyl), —O(C₁₋₄ haloalkyl) or    oxo, wherein each of said 5 or 6-membered heteroaryl ring or 4 to    7-membered heterocyclic ring contains up to 4 ring heteroatoms    independently selected from N, O and S; or-   each R^(5g) is independently selected from halogen, —CN, C₁₋₆ alkyl,    —OR^(6b), —SR^(6b), —COR^(6b), —OC(O)R^(6b), —C(O)OR^(6b),    —C(O)N(R^(6b))₂, —C(O)N(R^(6b))SO₂R^(6b), —N(R^(6b))C(O)R^(6b),    —N(R^(6b))C(O)OR^(6b), —N(R^(6b))C(O)N(R^(6b))₂, —N(R^(6b))₂,    —SO₂R^(6b), —SO₂N(R^(6b))₂, —SO₂N(R^(6b))COOR^(6b),    —SO₂N(R^(6b))C(O)R^(6b), —N(R^(6a))SO₂R^(6b), a C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl    ring, a 4 to 7-membered heterocyclic ring, a 5 or 6-membered    heteroaryl ring, phenyl, benzyl, an oxo group or a bicyclic group;    wherein each of said 5 or 6-membered heteroaryl ring or 4 to    7-membered heterocyclic ring contains up to 4 ring heteroatoms    independently selected from N, O and S; and wherein each of said    C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl ring, 4 to 7-membered heterocyclic ring,    5 or 6-membered heteroaryl ring, benzyl or phenyl group is    optionally and independently substituted with up to 3 instances of    halogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, —OH, —NH₂, —NH(C₁₋₄ alkyl), —N(C₁₋₄ alkyl)₂,    —CN, —COOH, —COO(C₁₋₄ alkyl), —O(C₁₋₄ alkyl), —O(C₁₋₄ haloalkyl) or    oxo; wherein said bicyclic group contains ring one and ring two in a    fused or bridged relationship, said ring one is a 4 to 7-membered    heterocyclic ring, a 5 or 6-membered heteroaryl ring, phenyl or    benzyl, and said ring two is a phenyl ring or a 5 or 6-membered    heteroaryl ring containing up to 3 ring heteroatoms selected from N,    O or S; and wherein said bicyclic group is optionally and    independently substituted by up to six instances of halogen, C₁₋₄    alkyl, —OH, —NH₂, —NH(C₁₋₄ alkyl), —N(C₁₋₄ alkyl)₂, —CN, —COOH,    —COO(C₁₋₄ alkyl), —O(C₁₋₄ alkyl), —O(C₁₋₄ haloalkyl) or oxo;-   each R^(6b) is independently selected from hydrogen, a C₁₋₆ alkyl,    phenyl, benzyl, a C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl ring or a 4 to 7-membered    heterocyclic ring, a 5 or 6-membered heteroaryl ring; wherein each    of said 5 or 6-membered heteroaryl ring or 4 to 7-membered    heterocyclic ring contains up to 4 ring heteroatoms independently    selected from N, O and S; and wherein each of said C₁₋₆ alkyl, each    of said phenyl, each of said benzyl, each of said C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl    group, each of said 4 to 7-membered heterocyclic ring and each of    said 5 or 6-membered heteroaryl ring is optionally and independently    substituted with up to 3 instances of halogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, —OH,    —NH₂, —NH(C₁₋₄ alkyl), —N(C₁₋₄ alkyl)₂, —CN, —COOH, —COO(C₁₋₄alkyl),    —O(C₁₋₄ alkyl), —O(C₁₋₄ haloalkyl) or oxo; or-   alternatively, two instances of R^(5g) attached to the same or    different ring atoms of R^(Y), together with said ring atom or    atoms, form a C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl ring, a 4 to 6-membered heterocyclic    ring; a phenyl or a 5 or 6-membered heteroaryl ring, resulting in a    bicyclic system wherein the two rings are in a spiro, fused or    bridged relationship, wherein said 4 to 6-membered heterocycle or    said 5 or 6-membered heteroaryl ring contains up to three    heteroatoms independently selected from N, O or S; and wherein said    C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl ring, 4 to 6-membered heterocyclic ring, phenyl or a    5 or 6-membered heteroaryl ring is optionally and independently    substituted by up to 3 instances of C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₄    alkoxy, C₁₋₄ haloalkoxy, oxo, —C(O)O(C₁₋₄alkyl), —C(O)OH,    —NR″(CO)CO(C₁₋₄ alkyl), —OH or halogen; and-   R″ is hydrogen or a C₁₋₂ alkyl.

In some of the compounds of Formula IIIb, or pharmaceutically acceptablesalts thereof, J^(A) and J^(D), together with the two vicinal ring Datoms to which they are attached, form a 5 to 7-membered heterocyclefused to ring D, wherein said 5 to 7-membered heterocycle contains from1 to 3 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O or S; and whereinsaid 5 to 7-membered heterocycle is optionally and independentlysubstituted by up to 3 instances of oxo or —(Y)—R⁹.

In some of the embodiments of the compounds of Formula IIIb, orpharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, the compounds are representedby Formula IVb

In some of these compounds, or pharmaceutically acceptable saltsthereof, J^(A) is hydrogen and J^(D) is fluoro. In some of thesecompounds, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, ring C isunsubstituted oxazole or unsubstituted isoxazole. In some of thesecompounds, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, J^(A) andJ^(D), together with the two vicinal ring D atoms to which they areattached, form a 5 to 7-membered heterocycle fused to ring D, whereinsaid 5 to 7-membered heterocycle contains from 1 to 3 heteroatomsindependently selected from N, O or S; and wherein said 5 to 7-memberedheterocycle is optionally and independently substituted by up to 3instances of oxo or (Y)R⁹.

In some of the compounds of Formula IVb, or pharmaceutically acceptablesalts thereof, the compounds can be compounds represented by Formula Vb:

In some of these compounds, or pharmaceutically acceptable saltsthereof, J^(A) is hydrogen and J^(D) is fluoro. In some of thesecompounds, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, ring C isunsubstituted oxazole or unsubstituted isoxazole. In some of thesecompounds, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, J^(A) andJ^(D), together with the two vicinal ring D atoms to which they areattached, form a 5 to 7-membered heterocycle fused to ring D, whereinsaid 5 to 7-membered heterocycle contains from 1 to 3 heteroatomsindependently selected from N, O or S; and wherein said 5 to 7-memberedheterocycle is optionally and independently substituted by up to 3instances of oxo or —(Y)—R⁹.

In some of the compounds of Formula IIIb, or pharmaceutically acceptablesalts thereof, X is carbon, J^(A) is hydrogen and J^(D) is fluoro. Insome of these compounds, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof,ring C is unsubstituted oxazole or unsubstituted isoxazole. In some ofthese compounds, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, J^(A) andJ^(D), together with the two vicinal ring D atoms to which they areattached, form a 5 to 7-membered heterocycle fused to ring D, whereinsaid 5 to 7-membered heterocycle contains from 1 to 3 heteroatomsindependently selected from N, O or S; and wherein said 5 to 7-memberedheterocycle is optionally and independently substituted by up to 3instances of oxo or —(Y)—R⁹.

In some of the embodiments of the compounds of Formula Ib or IIb, orpharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, R^(C) is not a ring and X iscarbon.

In some of the embodiments of the compounds of Formula IIIb, orpharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, the compounds are representedby one of Formulae VIb, VIIb, VIc or VIId:

wherein, ring E is a 5 or 6-membered heterocyclic ring, containing up to3 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S; and wherein each J⁶ isindependently selected from oxo or —(Y)—R⁹. In some of these compounds,or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, J^(A) is —NH₂, —OH, orhydrogen. In some of these compounds, or pharmaceutically acceptablesalts thereof, ring E is a heterocyclic ring containing one nitrogenring atom and wherein at least one instance of J⁶ is oxo. In some of theembodiments, one J⁶ is oxo and the other two instances of J⁶ areindependently selected from —(Y)—R⁹.

In some embodiments of the compounds of Formula I or Formula Ib, ring Bis phenyl or a 6-membered heteroaryl ring. In some embodiments, saidphenyl or 6-membered heteroaryl ring is unsubstituted and n=0. In otherembodiments, ring B is substituted phenyl, pyridine or pyrimidine, and nis an integer selected between 1 and 3.

In some embodiments of the compounds of Formula I or Formula Ib whereinring B is substituted phenyl, pyridine or pyrimidine, each J^(B) isindependently selected from halogen, a C₁₋₆ aliphatic or —OR^(B). Insome embodiments, each J^(B) is independently selected from a halogenatom. In some embodiments, when J^(B) is independently selected from ahalogen atom, each J^(B) can be independently selected from fluoro orchloro, or each J^(B) is fluoro. In other embodiments, each J^(B) isindependently selected from a C₁₋₆ aliphatic. In some embodiments, eachJ^(B) is methyl or ethyl. In other embodiments, each J^(B) is methyl. Instill other embodiments of the compounds of Formula I or Formula Ib,wherein ring B is substituted phenyl, pyridine or pyrimidine, each J^(B)is independently selected from —OR^(B); wherein each R^(B) is hydrogenor a C₁₋₆ alkyl. In some embodiments, each R^(B) is methyl, ethyl,propyl or isopropyl.

In some of the above embodiments, wherein ring B is substituted phenyl,pyridine or pyrimidine, n is 1 or 2 and each J^(B) is independentlyselected from fluoro, chloro, methyl or methoxy. In other embodiments ofFormula I and Formula Ib, ring B is a 6-membered heteroaryl ring. Insome embodiments, n=0 and the 6-membered heteroaryl ring inunsubstituted. In other embodiments, ring B is a substituted pyridylring and n is an integer selected between 1 and 3. In other embodiments,ring B is a substituted pyrimidinyl ring and n is selected between 1 and3. In some of the above embodiments, wherein ring B is substitutedpyridine or pyrimidine, n is 1 or 2 and each J^(B) is independentlyselected from fluoro, chloro, methyl or methoxy.

In some embodiments of the compounds of Formula I or Formula Ib, atleast one J^(B) is ortho to the attachment of the methylene linkerbetween ring B and the pyrazolyl ring. In some embodiments, said orthoJ^(B) is independently selected from a halogen atom. In otherembodiments, said ortho J^(B) is selected from fluoro or chloro. Infurther embodiments, said ortho J^(B) is fluoro.

In other embodiments of the compounds of Formula I or Formula Ib, ring Bis thiophene. In some embodiments, said thiophene ring is a 3-thiophenylring. In other embodiments it is a 2-thiophenyl ring. In someembodiments, said thiophene ring is unsubstituted and n=0. In otherembodiments, said thiophene is substituted and n is an integer selectedfrom 1, 2 or 3.

In some embodiments of the compounds of Formula I or Formula Ib whereinring B is substituted thiophene, each J^(B) is independently selectedfrom halogen, a C₁₋₆ aliphatic or OR^(B). In other embodiments, eachJ^(B) is independently selected from a halogen atom. In someembodiments, when J^(B) is independently selected from a halogen atom,each J^(B) can be independently selected from fluoro or chloro, or eachJ^(B) is fluoro. In other embodiments, each J^(B) is independentlyselected from a C₁₋₆ aliphatic. In some embodiments, each J^(B) ismethyl or ethyl. In other embodiments, each J^(B) is methyl. In stillother embodiments of Formula I and Formula Ib, wherein ring B issubstituted thiophene, each J^(B) is independently selected from OR^(B);wherein each R^(B) is hydrogen or a C₁₋₆ alkyl. In some embodiments,each R^(B) is methyl, ethyl, propyl or isopropyl.

In some of the above embodiments, wherein ring B is substitutedthiophene, n is 1 or 2 and each J^(B) is independently selected fromfluoro, chloro, methyl or methoxy. In other embodiments, ring B is amono substituted thiophene and J^(B) is fluoro.

In other embodiments of the compounds of Formula I or Formula Ib, ring Bis a furan ring. In some embodiments, n=0 and the furan ring inunsubstituted. In other embodiments, ring B is a substituted furan ringand n is an integer selected from 1 and 2. In some of the aboveembodiments, wherein ring B is substituted furan, n is 1 or 2 and eachJ^(B) is independently selected from fluoro, chloro, methyl or methoxy.In other embodiments, ring B is a mono substituted furan and J^(B) isfluoro.

In some embodiments of the compounds of Formula I or Formula Ib, ring Dis substituted and o is an integer selected from 1 to 3. In otherembodiments, o is 2. In some embodiments o is 2 and the two instances ofJ^(D) are attached to two vicinal atoms of ring D.

In those embodiments of the compounds of Formula I or Formula Ib whereinring D is substituted, each J^(D) is independently selected fromhalogen, a C₁₋₆ aliphatic, —N(R^(D))₂, —N(R^(d))C(O)R^(D),—N(R^(d))C(O)OR^(D), N(R^(d))C(O)N(R^(D))₂, —SO₂R^(D), —SO₂N(R^(D))₂,—N(R^(d))SO₂R^(D), —SR^(D), —OR^(D) or an optionally substituted C₃₋₈cycloaliphatic ring. In some embodiments of Formula I and Formula Ib,wherein ring D is substituted, o is 1, 2 or 3 and each J^(D) isindependently selected from methyl, chloro, fluoro, —N(R^(D))₂,—N(R^(d))C(O)R^(D), oxo or —OR^(D); wherein each R^(d) is independentlyselected from hydrogen or methyl. In other embodiments, o is 2 and atleast one instance of J^(D) is independently selected from fluoro,chloro, oxo, hydroxyl or amino.

In some embodiments of the compounds of Formula I or Formula Ib, R^(C)is a phenyl ring, a monocyclic 5 to or 6-membered heteroaryl ring, amonocyclic 3 to 10-membered cycloaliphatic ring or a monocyclic 4 to10-membered heterocycle; each of them optionally and independentlysubstituted by up to 6 instances of J^(C). In other embodiments ofFormula I and Formula Ib, ring C is a phenyl ring, a monocyclic 5 to6-membered heteroaryl ring, a monocyclic 3 to 6-membered cycloaliphaticring or a monocyclic 4 to 6-membered heterocycle; each of themoptionally and independently substituted with up to 3 instances ofJ^(C).

In some embodiments of the compounds of Formula Ior Formula Ib, R^(C) isa monocyclic 3 to 6-membered cycloaliphatic ring, optionally andindependently substituted with up to 2 instances of f. In otherembodiments, ring C is cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl orcyclohexyl. In other embodiments of the compounds of Formula Ior FormulaIb, R^(C) is a ring C which is a 4-membered cycloaliphatic ringsubstituted by 1 to 3 instances of J^(C), a 5-membered cycloaliphaticring substituted by 1 to 4 instances of f or a 6-membered cycloaliphaticring substituted by 1 to 5 instances of J^(C); wherein each f isindependently selected from halogen or a C₁₋₆ aliphatic.

In other embodiments of the compounds of Formula I or Formula Ib, R^(C)is phenyl, optionally and independently substituted by up to 5 instancesof J^(C). In some embodiments, ring C is phenyl and it is unsubstituted.In other embodiments, it is substituted by 1 to 3 instances of f;wherein each f is independently selected from halogen, a C₁₋₆ aliphatic,—NH₂, —CN or —O(C₁₋₆ aliphatic). In other embodiments, each J^(C) isindependently selected from halogen, —NH₂, —CN, C₁₋₆ alkyl or —O(C₁₋₄alkyl). In still other embodiments, ring C is phenyl substituted by 1 to2 instances of J^(C) and each J^(C) is selected from fluoro, chloro,methyl, —CN or —OCH₃.

In still other embodiments of Formula I and Formula Ib, R^(C) is a 5 to6-membered heteroaryl ring and is optionally and independentlysubstituted by up to 5 instances of J^(C). In some embodiments, said 5to 6-membered heteroaryl ring is unsubstituted. In other embodiments, itis substituted with 1 to 3 instances of f. In some of these embodiments,the 5 to 6-membered heteroaryl ring can be selected from thienyl,thiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, oxazolyl, isooxazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyrrolyl,triazolyl, furanyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl or pyridazinyl. Inyet other embodiments, ring C is an isoxazolyl or oxazolyl ring and itis unsubstituted.

In some embodiments of Formula I and Formula Ib, ring C is a 5 to6-membered heteroaryl ring and it is substituted by 1 to 5 instances ofJ^(C); wherein each J^(C) is independently selected from halogen, a C₁₋₆aliphatic, —CN, —NH₂ or —O(C₁₋₆ aliphatic). In other embodiments, ring Cis unsubstituted.

In some embodiments, the compounds of the invention are represented bystructural Formula I or Formula Ib shown above, or Formula IIA, FormulaIIB or Formula IIC shown below:

wherein ring B is selected from a phenyl or 6-membered heteroaryl ring;wherein J^(B) is independently selected from hydrogen or a halogen atom;and wherein n is an integer selected from 1 or 2.

In some embodiments of the compounds of Formulae IIA, IIB or IIC, eachJ^(B) is a halogen and the halogen is independently selected from chloroor fluoro. In other embodiments n is 1 and J^(B) is fluoro. In otherembodiments, n is 2 and J^(B) is either chloro or fluoro. In still otherembodiments, n is 2 and all instances of J^(B) are fluoro.

In some embodiments of the compounds of Formulae IIA, IIB or IIC, o isan integer selected from 1 or 2. In some embodiments of Formulae IIA,IIB and IIC o is 1 or 2 and each J^(D) is independently selected fromhalogen, a C₁₋₆ aliphatic, —N(R^(D))₂, —N(R^(d))COR^(D), —OR^(D), oxo oran optionally substituted C₃₋₈ cycloaliphatic ring. In otherembodiments, o is 2 and each J^(D) is independently selected from ahalogen atom or —N(R^(D))₂, —N(R^(d))COR^(D), —OH or oxo. In still otherembodiments, o is 2 and one instance of J^(D) is fluoro or chloro andthe other instance of J^(D) is —OH or oxo. In other embodiments, o is 2and one J^(D) is —NH₂ and the other one is independently selected from—N(R^(D))₂, wherein at least one instance of R^(D) is not hydrogen, oris —NHCOR^(D). In still other embodiments, o is 2 and one instance ofJ^(D) is independently selected from —N(R^(D))₂ or —NHCOR^(D) and theother instance of J^(D) is selected from fluoro or chloro. In stillother embodiments, o is 1 and J^(D) is amino.

In some embodiments of the compounds of Formulae IIA, IIB or IIC, R^(C)is phenyl, optionally and independently substituted by up to 5 instancesof J^(C). In some embodiments, ring C is phenyl and it is unsubstituted.In other embodiments, it is substituted by 1 to 3 instances of J^(C);wherein each J^(C) is independently selected from halogen, a C₁₋₆aliphatic, —NH₂, —CN or —O(C₁₋₆ aliphatic). In other embodiments, eachJ^(C) is independently selected from halogen, —NH₂, —CN, C₁₋₆ alkyl or—O(C₁₋₄ alkyl). In still other embodiments, ring C is phenyl substitutedby 1 to 2 instances of J^(C) and each J^(C) is selected from fluoro,chloro, methyl, —CN or —OCH₃.

In still other embodiments of the compounds of Formulae IIA, IIB or IIC,R^(C) is a 5 to 6-membered heteroaryl ring and is optionally andindependently substituted by up to 5 instances of f. In someembodiments, said 5 to 6-membered heteroaryl ring is unsubstituted. Inother embodiments, it is substituted with 1 to 3 instances of J^(C). Insome of these embodiments, the 5 to 6-membered heteroaryl ring can beselected from thienyl, thiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl,tetrazolyl, pyrrolyl, triazolyl, furanyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl,pyrazinyl or pyridazinyl. In other embodiments, the heteroaryl ring C isselected from isoxazolyl, oxazolyl, furanyl, thienyl, thiazolyl,1,3,4-oxadiazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl or pyrazin-3-yl. In stillother embodiments, the heteroaryl ring C is selected from isoxazolyl oroxazolyl. In other embodiments, ring C is a oxazolyl or isoxazolyl ringand it is substituted by up to 2 instances of J^(C); wherein each J^(C)is selected from fluoro, chloro, bromo, methyl, —CN, —NH₂ or —OCH₃. Inyet other embodiments of the compounds of Formula I, Formula Ib, FormulaIA, Formula IIB or Formula IIC, ring C is an unsubstituted isoxazolyl oroxazolyl ring.

The compounds of the invention are defined herein by their chemicalstructures and/or chemical names. Where a compound is referred to byboth a chemical structure and a chemical name, and the chemicalstructure and chemical name conflict, the chemical structure isdeterminative of the compound's identity.

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I or Formula Ib is one ofthe compounds depicted below:

TABLE 1

I-1

I-2

I-3

I-4

I-5

I-6

I-7

I-8

I-9

I-10

Methods of Preparing the Compounds

The compounds of Formula I and Formula Ib may be prepared according tothe schemes and examples depicted and described below. Unless otherwisespecified, the starting materials and various intermediates may beobtained from commercial sources, prepared from commercially availablecompounds or prepared using well-known synthetic methods. Another aspectof the present invention is a process for preparing the compounds ofFormula I and Formula Ib as disclosed herein.

General synthetic procedures for the compounds of this invention aredescribed below. The synthetic schemes are presented as examples and donot limit the scope of the invention in any way.

Pharmaceutically Acceptable Salts of the Invention

The phrase “pharmaceutically acceptable salt,” as used herein, refers topharmaceutically acceptable organic or inorganic salts of a compound ofFormula I or Formula Ib. For use in medicine, the salts of a compound ofFormula I or Formula Ib will be pharmaceutically acceptable salts. Othersalts may, however, may be useful in the preparation of a compound ofFormula I or Formula Ib or of their pharmaceutically acceptable salts. Apharmaceutically acceptable salt may involve the inclusion of anothermolecule such as an acetate ion, a succinate ion or other counter ion.The counter ion may be any organic or inorganic moiety that stabilizesthe charge on the parent compound. Furthermore, a pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt may have more than one charged atom in its structure.Instances where multiple charged atoms are part of the pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt can have multiple counter ions. Hence, apharmaceutically acceptable salt can have one or more charged atomsand/or one or more counter ion.

Pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds of Formula I orFormula IB described herein include those derived from suitableinorganic or organic acids or bases. In some embodiments, the salts canbe prepared in situ during the final isolation and purification of thecompounds. In other embodiments the salts can be prepared from the freeform of the compound in a separate synthetic step.

When a compound of Formula I or Formula Ib is acidic or contains asufficiently acidic bioisostere, suitable “pharmaceutically acceptablesalts” refers to salts prepared form pharmaceutically acceptablenon-toxic bases including inorganic bases and organic bases. Saltsderived from inorganic bases include aluminum, ammonium, calcium,copper, ferric, ferrous, lithium, magnesium, manganic salts, manganous,potassium, sodium, zinc and the like. Particular embodiments includeammonium, calcium, magnesium, potassium and sodium salts. Salts derivedfrom pharmaceutically acceptable organic non-toxic bases include saltsof primary, secondary and tertiary amines, substituted amines includingnaturally occurring substituted amines, cyclic amines and basic ionexchange resins, such as arginine, betaine, caffeine, choline,N,N.sup.1-dibenzylethylenediamine, diethylamine, 2-diethylaminoethanol,2-dimethylaminoethanol, ethanolamine, ethylenediamine,N-ethylmorpholine, N-ethylpiperidine, glucamine, glucosamine, histidine,hydrabamine, isopropylamine, lysine, methylglucamine, morpholine,piperazine, piperidine, polyamine resins, procaine, purines,theobromine, triethylamine, trimethylamine tripropylamine, tromethamineand the like.

When a compound of Formula I or Formula Ib is basic or contains asufficiently basic bioisostere, salts may be prepared frompharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic acids, including inorganic andorganic acids. Such acids include acetic, benzenesulfonic, benzoic,camphorsulfonic, citric, ethanesulfonic, fumaric, gluconic, glutamic,hydrobromic, hydrochloric, isethionic, lactic, maleic, malic, mandelic,methanesulfonic, mucic, nitric, pamoic, pantothenic, phosphoric,succinic, sulfuric, tartaric, p-toluenesulfonic acid and the like.Particular embodiments include citric, hydrobromic, hydrochloric,maleic, phosphoric, sulfuric and tartaric acids. Other exemplary saltsinclude, but are not limited, to sulfate, citrate, acetate, oxalate,chloride, bromide, iodide, nitrate, bisulfate, phosphate, acidphosphate, isonicotinate, lactate, salicylate, acid citrate, tartrate,oleate, tannate, pantothenate, bitartrate, ascorbate, succinate,maleate, gentisinate, fumarate, gluconate, glucuronate, saccharate,formate, benzoate, glutamate, methanesulfonate, ethanesulfonate,benzenesulfonate, p-toluenesulfonate, and pamoate (i.e.,1,1′-methylene-bis-(2-hydroxy-3-naphthoate)) salts.

The preparation of the pharmaceutically acceptable salts described aboveand other typical pharmaceutically acceptable salts is more fullydescribed by Berg et al., “Pharmaceutical Salts,” J. Pharm. Sci.,1977:66:1-19, incorporated here by reference in its entirety.

In addition to the compounds described herein, their pharmaceuticallyacceptable salts may also be employed in compositions to treat orprevent the herein identified disorders.

Pharmaceutical Compositions and Methods of Administration.

The compounds herein disclosed, and their pharmaceutically acceptablesalts thereof may be formulated as pharmaceutical compositions or“formulations”.

A typical formulation is prepared by mixing a compound of Formula I orFormula Ib, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and acarrier, diluent or excipient. Suitable carriers, diluents andexcipients are well known to those skilled in the art and includematerials such as carbohydrates, waxes, water soluble and/or swellablepolymers, hydrophilic or hydrophobic materials, gelatin, oils, solvents,water, and the like. The particular carrier, diluent or excipient usedwill depend upon the means and purpose for which a compound of Formula Ior Formula Ib is being formulated. Solvents are generally selected basedon solvents recognized by persons skilled in the art as safe(GRAS-Generally Regarded as Safe) to be administered to a mammal. Ingeneral, safe solvents are non-toxic aqueous solvents such as water andother non-toxic solvents that are soluble or miscible in water. Suitableaqueous solvents include water, ethanol, propylene glycol, polyethyleneglycols (e.g., PEG400, PEG300), etc. and mixtures thereof. Theformulations may also include other types of excipients such as one ormore buffers, stabilizing agents, antiadherents, surfactants, wettingagents, lubricating agents, emulsifiers, binders, suspending agents,disintegrants, fillers, sorbents, coatings (e.g. enteric or slowrelease) preservatives, antioxidants, opaquing agents, glidants,processing aids, colorants, sweeteners, perfuming agents, flavoringagents and other known additives to provide an elegant presentation ofthe drug (i.e., a compound of Formula I or Formula Ib or pharmaceuticalcomposition thereof) or aid in the manufacturing of the pharmaceuticalproduct (i.e., medicament).

The formulations may be prepared using conventional dissolution andmixing procedures. For example, the bulk drug substance (i.e., acompound of Formula I or Formula Ib, a pharmaceutically acceptable saltthereof, or a stabilized form of the compound, such as a complex with acyclodextrin derivative or other known complexation agent) is dissolvedin a suitable solvent in the presence of one or more of the excipientsdescribed above. A compound having the desired degree of purity isoptionally mixed with pharmaceutically acceptable diluents, carriers,excipients or stabilizers, in the form of a lyophilized formulation,milled powder, or an aqueous solution. Formulation may be conducted bymixing at ambient temperature at the appropriate pH, and at the desireddegree of purity, with physiologically acceptable carriers. The pH ofthe formulation depends mainly on the particular use and theconcentration of compound, but may range from about 3 to about 8. Whenthe agent described herein is a solid amorphous dispersion formed by asolvent process, additives may be added directly to the spray-dryingsolution when forming the mixture such as the additive is dissolved orsuspended in the solution as a slurry which can then be spray dried.Alternatively, the additives may be added following spray-drying processto aid in the forming of the final formulated product.

The compound of Formula I or Formula Ib or a pharmaceutically acceptablesalt thereof is typically formulated into pharmaceutical dosage forms toprovide an easily controllable dosage of the drug and to enable patientcompliance with the prescribed regimen. Pharmaceutical formulations of acompound of Formula I or Formula Ib, or a pharmaceutically acceptablesalt thereof, may be prepared for various routes and types ofadministration. Various dosage forms may exist for the same compound,since different medical conditions may warrant different routes ofadministration.

The amount of active ingredient that may be combined with the carriermaterial to produce a single dosage form will vary depending upon thesubject treated and the particular mode of administration. For example,a time-release formulation intended for oral administration to humansmay contain approximately 1 to 1000 mg of active material compoundedwith an appropriate and convenient amount of carrier material which mayvary from about 5 to about 95% of the total compositions (weight:weight). The pharmaceutical composition can be prepared to provideeasily measurable amounts for administration. For example, an aqueoussolution intended for intravenous infusion may contain from about 3 to500 μg of the active ingredient per milliliter of solution in order thatinfusion of a suitable volume at a rate of about 30 mL/hr can occur. Asa general proposition, the initial pharmaceutically effective amount ofthe inhibitor administered will be in the range of about 0.01-100 mg/kgper dose, namely about 0.1 to 20 mg/kg of patient body weight per day,with the typical initial range of compound used being 0.3 to 15mg/kg/day.

The term “therapeutically effective amount” as used herein means thatamount of active compound or pharmaceutical agent that elicits thebiological or medicinal response in a tissue, system, animal or humanthat is being sought by a researcher, veterinarian, medical doctor orother clinician. The therapeutically or pharmaceutically effectiveamount of the compound to be administered will be governed by suchconsiderations, and is the minimum amount necessary to ameliorate, cureor treat the disease or disorder or one or more of its symptoms.

The pharmaceutical compositions of a compound of Formula I or Formula Ibwill be formulated, dosed, and administered in a fashion, i.e., amounts,concentrations, schedules, course, vehicles, and route ofadministration, consistent with good medical practice. Factors forconsideration in this context include the particular disorder beingtreated, the particular mammal being treated, the clinical condition ofthe individual patient, the cause of the disorder, the site of deliveryof the agent, the method of administration, the scheduling ofadministration, and other factors known to medical practitioners, suchas the age, weight, and response of the individual patient.

The term “prophylactically effective amount” refers to an amounteffective in preventing or substantially lessening the chances ofacquiring a disease or disorder or in reducing the severity of thedisease or disorder before it is acquired or reducing the severity ofone or more of its symptoms before the symptoms develop. Roughly,prophylactic measures are divided between primary prophylaxis (toprevent the development of a disease) and secondary prophylaxis (wherebythe disease has already developed and the patient is protected againstworsening of this process).

Acceptable diluents, carriers, excipients, and stabilizers are thosethat are nontoxic to recipients at the dosages and concentrationsemployed, and include buffers such as phosphate, citrate, and otherorganic acids; antioxidants including ascorbic acid and methionine;preservatives (such as octadecyldimethylbenzyl ammonium chloride;hexamethonium chloride; benzalkonium chloride, benzethonium chloride;phenol, butyl or benzyl alcohol; alkyl parabens such as methyl or propylparaben; catechol; resorcinol; cyclohexanol; 3-pentanol; and m-cresol);proteins, such as serum albumin, gelatin, or immunoglobulins;hydrophilic polymers such as polyvinylpyrrolidone; amino acids such asglycine, glutamine, asparagine, histidine, arginine, or lysine;monosaccharides, disaccharides, and other carbohydrates includingglucose, mannose, or dextrins; chelating agents such as EDTA; sugarssuch as sucrose, mannitol, tretralose or sorbitol; salt-formingcounter-ions such as sodium; metal complexes (e.g. Zn-proteincomplexes); and/or non-ionic surfactants such as TWEEN™, PLURONICS™ orpolyethylene glycol (PEG). The active pharmaceutical ingredients mayalso be entrapped in microcapsules prepared, for example, bycoacervation techniques or by interfacial polymerization, e.g.,hydroxymethylcellulose or gelatin-microcapsules andpoly-(methylmethacylate) microcapsules, respectively; in colloidal drugdelivery systems (for example, liposomes, albumin microspheres,microemulsions, nano-particles and nanocapsules) or in macroemulsions.Such techniques are disclosed in Remington's: The Science and Practiceof Pharmacy, 21^(st) Edition, University of the Sciences inPhiladelphia, Eds., 2005 (hereafter “Remington's”).

“Controlled drug delivery systems” supply the drug to the body in amanner precisely controlled to suit the drug and the conditions beingtreated. The primary aim is to achieve a therapeutic drug concentrationat the site of action for the desired duration of time. The term“controlled release” is often used to refer to a variety of methods thatmodify release of drug from a dosage form. This term includespreparations labeled as “extended release”, “delayed release”, “modifiedrelease” or “sustained release”. In general, one can provide forcontrolled release of the agents described herein through the use of awide variety of polymeric carriers and controlled release systemsincluding erodible and non-erodible matrices, osmotic control devices,various reservoir devices, enteric coatings and multiparticulate controldevices.

“Sustained-release preparations” are the most common applications ofcontrolled release. Suitable examples of sustained-release preparationsinclude semipermeable matrices of solid hydrophobic polymers containingthe compound, which matrices are in the form of shaped articles, e.g.films, or microcapsules. Examples of sustained-release matrices includepolyesters, hydrogels (for example, poly(2-hydroxyethyl-methacrylate),or poly(vinylalcohol)), polylactides (U.S. Pat. No. 3,773,919),copolymers of L-glutamic acid and gamma-ethyl-L-glutamate,non-degradable ethylene-vinyl acetate, degradable lactic acid-glycolicacid copolymers, and poly-D-(−)-3-hydroxybutyric acid.

“Immediate-release preparations” may also be prepared. The objective ofthese formulations is to get the drug into the bloodstream and to thesite of action as rapidly as possible. For instance, for rapiddissolution, most tablets are designed to undergo rapid disintegrationto granules and subsequent deaggregation to fine particles. Thisprovides a larger surface area exposed to the dissolution medium,resulting in a faster dissolution rate.

Agents described herein can be incorporated into an erodible ornon-erodible polymeric matrix controlled release device. By an erodiblematrix is meant aqueous-erodible or water-swellable or aqueous-solublein the sense of being either erodible or swellable or dissolvable inpure water or requiring the presence of an acid or base to ionize thepolymeric matrix sufficiently to cause erosion or dissolution. Whencontacted with the aqueous environment of use, the erodible polymericmatrix imbibes water and forms an aqueous-swollen gel or matrix thatentraps the agent described herein. The aqueous-swollen matrix graduallyerodes, swells, disintegrates or dissolves in the environment of use,thereby controlling the release of a compound described herein to theenvironment of use. One ingredient of this water-swollen matrix is thewater-swellable, erodible, or soluble polymer, which may generally bedescribed as an osmopolymer, hydrogel or water-swellable polymer. Suchpolymers may be linear, branched, or cross linked. The polymers may behomopolymers or copolymers. In certain embodiments, they may besynthetic polymers derived from vinyl, acrylate, methacrylate, urethane,ester and oxide monomers. In other embodiments, they can be derivativesof naturally occurring polymers such as polysaccharides (e.g. chitin,chitosan, dextran and pullulan; gum agar, gum arabic, gum karaya, locustbean gum, gum tragacanth, carrageenans, gum ghatti, guar gum, xanthangum and scleroglucan), starches (e.g. dextrin and maltodextrin),hydrophilic colloids (e.g. pectin), phosphatides (e.g. lecithin),alginates (e.g. ammonium alginate, sodium, potassium or calciumalginate, propylene glycol alginate), gelatin, collagen, andcellulosics. Cellulosics are cellulose polymer that has been modified byreaction of at least a portion of the hydroxyl groups on the sacchariderepeat units with a compound to form an ester-linked or an ether-linkedsubstituent. For example, the cellulosic ethyl cellulose has an etherlinked ethyl substituent attached to the saccharide repeat unit, whilethe cellulosic cellulose acetate has an ester linked acetatesubstituent. In certain embodiments, the cellulosics for the erodiblematrix comprises aqueous-soluble and aqueous-erodible cellulosics caninclude, for example, ethyl cellulose (EC), methylethyl cellulose (MEC),carboxymethyl cellulose (CMC), CMEC, hydroxyethyl cellulose (HEC),hydroxypropyl cellulose (HPC), cellulose acetate (CA), cellulosepropionate (CP), cellulose butyrate (CB), cellulose acetate butyrate(CAB), CAP, CAT, hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose (HPMC), HPMCP, HPMCAS,hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose acetate trimellitate (HPMCAT), andethylhydroxy ethylcellulose (EHEC). In certain embodiments, thecellulosics comprises various grades of low viscosity (MW less than orequal to 50,000 daltons, for example, the Dow Methocel™ series E5,E15LV, E50LV and K100LY) and high viscosity (MW greater than 50,000daltons, for example, E4MCR, E10MCR, K4M, K15M and K100M and theMethocel™ K series) HPMC. Other commercially available types of HPMCinclude the Shin Etsu Metolose 90SH series.

Other materials useful as the erodible matrix material include, but arenot limited to, pullulan, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, polyvinyl alcohol,polyvinyl acetate, glycerol fatty acid esters, polyacrylamide,polyacrylic acid, copolymers of ethacrylic acid or methacrylic acid(EUDRAGIT®, Rohm America, Inc., Piscataway, New Jersey) and otheracrylic acid derivatives such as homopolymers and copolymers ofbutylmethacrylate, methylmethacrylate, ethylmethacrylate, ethylacrylate,(2-dimethylaminoethyl) methacrylate, and (trimethylaminoethyl)methacrylate chloride.

Alternatively, the agents of the present invention may be administeredby or incorporated into a non-erodible matrix device. In such devices,an agent described herein is distributed in an inert matrix. The agentis released by diffusion through the inert matrix. Examples of materialssuitable for the inert matrix include insoluble plastics (e.g methylacrylate-methyl methacrylate copolymers, polyvinyl chloride,polyethylene), hydrophilic polymers (e.g. ethyl cellulose, celluloseacetate, cross linked polyvinylpyrrolidone (also known ascrospovidone)), and fatty compounds (e.g. carnauba wax, microcrystallinewax, and triglycerides). Such devices are described further inRemington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 20th edition (2000).

As noted above, the agents described herein may also be incorporatedinto an osmotic control device. Such devices generally include a corecontaining one or more agents as described herein and a water permeable,non-dissolving and non-eroding coating surrounding the core whichcontrols the influx of water into the core from an aqueous environmentof use so as to cause drug release by extrusion of some or all of thecore to the environment of use. In certain embodiments, the coating ispolymeric, aqueous-permeable, and has at least one delivery port. Thecore of the osmotic device optionally includes an osmotic agent whichacts to imbibe water from the surrounding environment via such asemi-permeable membrane. The osmotic agent contained in the core of thisdevice may be an aqueous-swellable hydrophilic polymer or it may be anosmogen, also known as an osmagent. Pressure is generated within thedevice which forces the agent(s) out of the device via an orifice (of asize designed to minimize solute diffusion while preventing the build-upof a hydrostatic pressure head). Non limiting examples of osmoticcontrol devices are disclosed in U.S. patent application Ser. No.09/495,061.

The amount of water-swellable hydrophilic polymers present in the coremay range from about 5 to about 80 wt % (including for example, 10 to 50wt %). Non limiting examples of core materials include hydrophilic vinyland acrylic polymers, polysaccharides such as calcium alginate,polyethylene oxide (PEO), polyethylene glycol (PEG), polypropyleneglycol (PPG), poly (2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate), poly (acrylic) acid,poly (methacrylic) acid, polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP) and cross linkedPVP, polyvinyl alcohol (PVA), PVA/PVP copolymers and PVA/PVP copolymerswith hydrophobic monomers such as methyl methacrylate, vinyl acetate,and the like, hydrophilic polyurethanes containing large PEO blocks,sodium croscarmellose, carrageenan, hydroxyethyl cellulose (HEC),hydroxypropyl cellulose (HPC), hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose (HPMC),carboxymethyl cellulose (CMC) and carboxyethyl cellulose (CEC), sodiumalginate, polycarbophil, gelatin, xanthan gum, and sodium starchglycolat. Other materials include hydrogels comprising interpenetratingnetworks of polymers that may be formed by addition or by condensationpolymerization, the components of which may comprise hydrophilic andhydrophobic monomers such as those just mentioned. Water-swellablehydrophilic polymers include but are not limited to PEO, PEG, PVP,sodium croscarmellose, HPMC, sodium starch glycolate, polyacrylic acidand cross linked versions or mixtures thereof

The core may also include an osmogen (or osmagent). The amount ofosmogen present in the core may range from about 2 to about 70 wt %(including, for example, from 10 to 50 wt %). Typical classes ofsuitable osmogens are water-soluble organic acids, salts and sugars thatare capable of imbibing water to thereby effect an osmotic pressuregradient across the barrier of the surrounding coating. Typical usefulosmogens include but are not limited to magnesium sulfate, magnesiumchloride, calcium chloride, sodium chloride, lithium chloride, potassiumsulfate, sodium carbonate, sodium sulfite, lithium sulfate, potassiumchloride, sodium sulfate, mannitol, xylitol, urea, sorbitol, inositol,raffinose, sucrose, glucose, fructose, lactose, citric acid, succinicacid, tartaric acid, and mixtures thereof In certain embodiments, theosmogen is glucose, lactose, sucrose, mannitol, xylitol, sodiumchloride, including combinations thereof.

The rate of drug delivery is controlled by such factors as thepermeability and thickness of the coating, the osmotic pressure of thedrug-containing layer, the degree of hydrophilicity of the hydrogellayer, and the surface area of the device. Those skilled in the art willappreciate that increasing the thickness of the coating will reduce therelease rate, while any of the following will increase the release rate:increasing the permeability of the coating; increasing thehydrophilicity of the hydrogel layer; increasing the osmotic pressure ofthe drug-containing layer; or increasing the device's surface area.

In certain embodiments, entrainment of particles of agents describedherein in the extruding fluid during operation of such osmotic device isdesirable. For the particles to be well entrained, the agent drug formis dispersed in the fluid before the particles have an opportunity tosettle in the tablet core. One means of accomplishing this is by addinga disintegrant that serves to break up the compressed core into itsparticulate components. Non limiting examples of standard disintegrantsinclude materials such as sodium starch glycolate (e. g., Explotab™CLV), microcrystalline cellulose (e. g., Avicer), microcrystallinesilicified cellulose (e. g., ProSoIv™) and croscarmellose sodium (e. g.,Ac-Di-Sol™), and other disintegrants known to those skilled in the art.Depending upon the particular formulation, some disintegrants workbetter than others. Several disintegrants tend to form gels as theyswell with water, thus hindering drug delivery from the device.Non-gelling, non-swelling disintegrants provide a more rapid dispersionof the drug particles within the core as water enters the core. Incertain embodiments, non-gelling, non-swelling disintegrants are resins,for example, ion-exchange resins. In one embodiment, the resin isAmberlite™ IRP 88 (available from Rohm and Haas, Philadelphia, Pa.).When used, the disintegrant is present in amounts ranging from about1-25% of the core agent.

Another example of an osmotic device is an osmotic capsule. The capsuleshell or portion of the capsule shell can be semipermeable. The capsulecan be filled either by a powder or liquid consisting of an agentdescribed herein, excipients that imbibe water to provide osmoticpotential, and/or a water-swellable polymer, or optionally solubilizingexcipients. The capsule core can also be made such that it has a bilayeror multilayer agent analogous to the bilayer, trilayer or concentricgeometries described above.

Another class of osmotic device useful in this invention comprisescoated swellable tablets, for example, as described in EP378404. Coatedswellable tablets comprise a tablet core comprising an agent describedherein and a swelling material, preferably a hydrophilic polymer, coatedwith a membrane, which contains holes, or pores through which, in theaqueous use environment, the hydrophilic polymer can extrude and carryout the agent. Alternatively, the membrane may contain polymeric or lowmolecular weight water-soluble porosigens. Porosigens dissolve in theaqueous use environment, providing pores through which the hydrophilicpolymer and agent may extrude. Examples of porosigens are water-solublepolymers such as HPMC, PEG, and low molecular weight compounds such asglycerol, sucrose, glucose, and sodium chloride. In addition, pores maybe formed in the coating by drilling holes in the coating using a laseror other mechanical means. In this class of osmotic devices, themembrane material may comprise any film-forming polymer, includingpolymers which are water permeable or impermeable, providing that themembrane deposited on the tablet core is porous or containswater-soluble porosigens or possesses a macroscopic hole for wateringress and drug release. Embodiments of this class of sustained releasedevices may also be multilayered, as described, for example, inEP378404.

When an agent described herein is a liquid or oil, such as a lipidvehicle formulation, for example as described in WO05/011634, theosmotic controlled-release device may comprise a soft-gel or gelatincapsule formed with a composite wall and comprising the liquidformulation where the wall comprises a barrier layer formed over theexternal surface of the capsule, an expandable layer formed over thebarrier layer, and a semipermeable layer formed over the expandablelayer. A delivery port connects the liquid formulation with the aqueoususe environment. Such devices are described, for example, in U.S. Pat.No. 6,4199,52, U.S. Pat. No. 6,342,249, U.S. Pat. No. 5,324,280, U.S.Pat. No. 4,672,850, U.S. Pat. No. 4,627,850, U.S. Pat. No. 4,203,440,and U.S. Pat. No. 3,995,631.

As further noted above, the agents described herein may be provided inthe form of microparticulates, generally ranging in size from about 10μm to about 2 mm (including, for example, from about 100 μm to 1 mm indiameter). Such multiparticulates may be packaged, for example, in acapsule such as a gelatin capsule or a capsule formed from anaqueous-soluble polymer such as HPMCAS, HPMC or starch; dosed as asuspension or slurry in a liquid ; or they may be formed into a tablet,caplet, or pill by compression or other processes known in the art. Suchmultiparticulates may be made by any known process, such as wet- anddry-granulation processes, extrusion/spheronization, roller-compaction,melt-congealing, or by spray-coating seed cores. For example, in wet-anddry- granulation processes, the agent described herein and optionalexcipients may be granulated to form multiparticulates of the desiredsize.

The agents can be incorporated into microemulsions, which generally arethermodynamically stable, isotropically clear dispersions of twoimmiscible liquids, such as oil and water, stabilized by an interfacialfilm of surfactant molecules (Encyclopedia of Pharmaceutical Technology,New York: Marcel Dekker, 1992, volume 9). For the preparation ofmicroemulsions, surfactant (emulsifier), co-surfactant (co-emulsifier),an oil phase and a water phase are necessary. Suitable surfactantsinclude any surfactants that are useful in the preparation of emulsions,e.g., emulsifiers that are typically used in the preparation of creams.The co-surfactant (or “co-emulsifier”) is generally selected from thegroup of polyglycerol derivatives, glycerol derivatives and fattyalcohols. Preferred emulsifier/co-emulsifier combinations are generallyalthough not necessarily selected from the group consisting of: glycerylmonostearate and polyoxyethylene stearate; polyethylene glycol andethylene glycol palmitostearate; and caprilic and capric triglyceridesand oleoyl macrogolglycerides. The water phase includes not only waterbut also, typically, buffers, glucose, propylene glycol, polyethyleneglycols, preferably lower molecular weight polyethylene glycols (e.g.,PEG 300 and PEG 400), and/or glycerol, and the like, while the oil phasewill generally comprise, for example, fatty acid esters, modifiedvegetable oils, silicone oils, mixtures of mono- di- and triglycerides,mono- and di-esters of PEG (e.g., oleoyl macrogol glycerides), etc.

The compounds described herein can be incorporated intopharmaceutically-acceptable nanoparticle, nanosphere, and nanocapsuleformulations (Delie and Blanco-Prieto, 2005, Molecule 10:65-80).Nanocapsules can generally entrap compounds in a stable and reproducibleway. To avoid side effects due to intracellular polymeric overloading,ultrafine particles (sized around 0.1 μm) can be designed using polymersable to be degraded in vivo (e.g. biodegradable polyalkyl-cyanoacrylatenanoparticles). Such particles are described in the prior art.

Implantable devices coated with a compound of this invention are anotherembodiment of the present invention. The compounds may also be coated onimplantable medical devices, such as beads, or co-formulated with apolymer or other molecule, to provide a “drug depot”, thus permittingthe drug to be released over a longer time period than administration ofan aqueous solution of the drug. Suitable coatings and the generalpreparation of coated implantable devices are described in U.S. Pat.Nos. 6,099,562; 5,886,026; and 5,304,121. The coatings are typicallybiocompatible polymeric materials such as a hydrogel polymer,polymethyldisiloxane, polycaprolactone, polyethylene glycol, polylacticacid, ethylene vinyl acetate, and mixtures thereof. The coatings mayoptionally be further covered by a suitable topcoat of fluorosilicone,polysaccharides, polyethylene glycol, phospholipids or combinationsthereof to impart controlled release characteristics in the composition.

The formulations include those suitable for the administration routesdetailed herein. The formulations may conveniently be presented in unitdosage form and may be prepared by any of the methods well known in theart of pharmacy. Techniques and formulations generally are found inRemington's. Such methods include the step of bringing into associationthe active ingredient with the carrier which constitutes one or moreaccessory ingredients. In general the formulations are prepared byuniformly and intimately bringing into association the active ingredientwith liquid carriers or finely divided solid carriers or both, and then,if necessary, shaping the product.

The terms “administer”, “administering” or “administration” in referenceto a compound, composition or formulation of the invention meansintroducing the compound into the system of the animal in need oftreatment. When a compound of the invention is provided in combinationwith one or more other active agents, “administration” and its variantsare each understood to include concurrent and/or sequential introductionof the compound and the other active agents.

The compositions described herein may be administered systemically orlocally, e.g.: orally (e.g. using capsules, powders, solutions,suspensions, tablets, sublingual tablets and the like), by inhalation(e.g. with an aerosol, gas, inhaler, nebulizer or the like), to the ear(e.g. using ear drops), topically (e.g. using creams, gels, liniments,lotions, ointments, pastes, transdermal patches, etc), ophthalmically(e.g. with eye drops, ophthalmic gels, ophthalmic ointments), rectally(e.g. using enemas or suppositories), nasally, buccally, vaginally (e.g.using douches, intrauterine devices, vaginal suppositories, vaginalrings or tablets, etc), via an implanted reservoir or the like, orparenterally depending on the severity and type of the disease beingtreated. The term “parenteral” as used herein includes, but is notlimited to, subcutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular, intra-articular,intra-synovial, intrasternal, intrathecal, intrahepatic, intralesionaland intracranial injection or infusion techniques. Preferably, thecompositions are administered orally, intraperitoneally orintravenously.

The pharmaceutical compositions described herein may be orallyadministered in any orally acceptable dosage form including, but notlimited to, capsules, tablets, aqueous suspensions or solutions. Liquiddosage forms for oral administration include, but are not limited to,pharmaceutically acceptable emulsions, microemulsions, solutions,suspensions, syrups and elixirs. In addition to the active compounds,the liquid dosage forms may contain inert diluents commonly used in theart such as, for example, water or other solvents, solubilizing agentsand emulsifiers such as ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, ethylcarbonate, ethyl acetate, benzyl alcohol, benzyl benzoate, propyleneglycol, 1,3-butylene glycol, dimethylformamide, oils (in particular,cottonseed, groundnut, corn, germ, olive, castor, and sesame oils),glycerol, tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol, polyethylene glycols and fattyacid esters of sorbitan, and mixtures thereof. Besides inert diluents,the oral compositions can also include adjuvants such as wetting agents,emulsifying and suspending agents, sweetening, flavoring, and perfumingagents.

Solid dosage forms for oral administration include capsules, tablets,pills, powders, and granules. In such solid dosage forms, the activecompound is mixed with at least one inert, pharmaceutically acceptableexcipient or carrier such as sodium citrate or dicalcium phosphateand/or a) fillers or extenders such as starches, lactose, sucrose,glucose, mannitol, and silicic acid, b) binders such as, for example,carboxymethylcellulose, alginates, gelatin, polyvinylpyrrolidinone,sucrose, and acacia, c) humectants such as glycerol, d) disintegratingagents such as agar--agar, calcium carbonate, potato or tapioca starch,alginic acid, certain silicates, and sodium carbonate, e) solutionretarding agents such as paraffin, f) absorption accelerators such asquaternary ammonium compounds, g) wetting agents such as, for example,cetyl alcohol and glycerol monostearate, h) absorbents such as kaolinand bentonite clay, and i) lubricants such as talc, calcium stearate,magnesium stearate, solid polyethylene glycols, sodium lauryl sulfate,and mixtures thereof. Tablets may be uncoated or may be coated by knowntechniques including microencapsulation to mask an unpleasant taste orto delay disintegration and adsorption in the gastrointestinal tract andthereby provide a sustained action over a longer period. For example, atime delay material such as glyceryl monostearate or glyceryl distearatealone or with a wax may be employed. A water soluble taste maskingmaterial such as hydroxypropyl-methylcellulose orhydroxypropyl-cellulose may be employed.

Formulations of a compound of Formula I or Formula Ib that are suitablefor oral administration may be prepared as discrete units such astablets, pills, troches, lozenges, aqueous or oil suspensions,dispersible powders or granules, emulsions, hard or soft capsules, e.g.gelatin capsules, syrups or elixirs. Formulations of a compound intendedfor oral use may be prepared according to any method known to the artfor the manufacture of pharmaceutical compositions.

Compressed tablets may be prepared by compressing in a suitable machinethe active ingredient in a free-flowing form such as a powder orgranules, optionally mixed with a binder, lubricant, inert diluent,preservative, surface active or dispersing agent. Molded tablets may bemade by molding in a suitable machine a mixture of the powdered activeingredient moistened with an inert liquid diluent.

Formulations for oral use may also be presented as hard gelatin capsuleswherein the active ingredient is mixed with an inert solid diluent, forexample, calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate or kaolin, or as softgelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with watersoluble carrier such as polyethyleneglycol or an oil medium, for examplepeanut oil, liquid paraffin, or olive oil.

The active compounds can also be in microencapsulated form with one ormore excipients as noted above.

When aqueous suspensions are required for oral use, the activeingredient is combined with emulsifying and suspending agents. Ifdesired, certain sweetening and/or flavoring agents may be added. Syrupsand elixirs may be formulated with sweetening agents, for exampleglycerol, propylene glycol, sorbitol or sucrose. Such formulations mayalso contain a demulcent, a preservative, flavoring and coloring agentsand antioxidant.

Sterile injectable forms of the compositions described herein (e.g. forparenteral administration) may be aqueous or oleaginous suspension.These suspensions may be formulated according to techniques known in theart using suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents.The sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectablesolution or suspension in a non-toxic parenterally-acceptable diluent orsolvent, for example as a solution in 1,3-butanediol. Among theacceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are water,Ringer's solution and isotonic sodium chloride solution. In addition,sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent orsuspending medium. For this purpose, any bland fixed oil may be employedincluding synthetic mono- or diglycerides. Fatty acids, such as oleicacid and its glyceride derivatives are useful in the preparation ofinjectables, as are natural pharmaceutically-acceptable oils, such asolive oil or castor oil, especially in their polyoxyethylated versions.These oil solutions or suspensions may also contain a long-chain alcoholdiluent or dispersant, such as carboxymethyl cellulose or similardispersing agents which are commonly used in the formulation ofpharmaceutically acceptable dosage forms including emulsions andsuspensions. Other commonly used surfactants, such as Tweens, Spans andother emulsifying agents or bioavailability enhancers which are commonlyused in the manufacture of pharmaceutically acceptable solid, liquid, orother dosage forms may also be used for the purposes of injectableformulations.

Oily suspensions may be formulated by suspending a compound of Formula Ior Formula Ib in a vegetable oil, for example arachis oil, olive oil,sesame oil or coconut oil, or in mineral oil such as liquid paraffin.The oily suspensions may contain a thickening agent, for examplebeeswax, hard paraffin or cetyl alcohol. Sweetening agents such as thoseset forth above, and flavoring agents may be added to provide apalatable oral preparation. These compositions may be preserved by theaddition of an anti-oxidant such as butylated hydroxyanisol oralpha-tocopherol.

Aqueous suspensions of a compound of Formula I or Formula Ib contain theactive materials in admixture with excipients suitable for themanufacture of aqueous suspensions. Such excipients include a suspendingagent, such as sodium carboxymethylcellulose, croscarmellose, povidone,methylcellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcelluose, sodium alginate,polyvinylpyrrolidone, gum tragacanth and gum acacia, and dispersing orwetting agents such as a naturally occurring phosphatide (e.g.,lecithin), a condensation product of an alkylene oxide with a fatty acid(e.g., polyoxyethylene stearate), a condensation product of ethyleneoxide with a long chain aliphatic alcohol (e.g.,heptadecaethyleneoxycetanol), a condensation product of ethylene oxidewith a partial ester derived from a fatty acid and a hexitol anhydride(e.g., polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate). The aqueous suspension mayalso contain one or more preservatives such as ethyl or n-propylp-hydroxy-benzoate, one or more coloring agents, one or more flavoringagents and one or more sweetening agents, such as sucrose or saccharin.

The injectable formulations can be sterilized, for example, byfiltration through a bacterial-retaining filter, or by incorporatingsterilizing agents in the form of sterile solid compositions which canbe dissolved or dispersed in sterile water or other sterile injectablemedium prior to use.

In order to prolong the effect of a compound described herein, it isoften desirable to slow the absorption of the compound from subcutaneousor intramuscular injection. This may be accomplished by the use of aliquid suspension of crystalline or amorphous material with poor watersolubility. The rate of absorption of the compound then depends upon itsrate of dissolution that, in turn, may depend upon crystal size andcrystalline form. Alternatively, delayed absorption of a parenterallyadministered compound form is accomplished by dissolving or suspendingthe compound in an oil vehicle. Injectable depot forms are made byforming microencapsulated matrices of the compound in biodegradablepolymers such as polylactide-polyglycolide. Depending upon the ratio ofcompound to polymer and the nature of the particular polymer employed,the rate of compound release can be controlled. Examples of otherbiodegradable polymers include poly(orthoesters) and poly(anhydrides).Depot injectable formulations are also prepared by entrapping thecompound in liposomes or microemulsions that are compatible with bodytissues.

The injectable solutions or microemulsions may be introduced into apatient's bloodstream by local bolus injection. Alternatively, it may beadvantageous to administer the solution or microemulsion in such a wayas to maintain a constant circulating concentration of the instantcompound. In order to maintain such a constant concentration, acontinuous intravenous delivery device may be utilized. An example ofsuch a device is the Deltec CADD-PLUS™ model 5400 intravenous pump.

Compositions for rectal or vaginal administration are preferablysuppositories which can be prepared by mixing the compounds describedherein with suitable non-irritating excipients or carriers such as cocoabutter, beeswax, polyethylene glycol or a suppository wax which aresolid at ambient temperature but liquid at body temperature andtherefore melt in the rectum or vaginal cavity and release the activecompound. Other formulations suitable for vaginal administration may bepresented as pessaries, tampons, creams, gels, pastes, foams or sprays.

The pharmaceutical compositions described herein may also beadministered topically, especially when the target of treatment includesareas or organs readily accessible by topical application, includingdiseases of the eye, the ear, the skin, or the lower intestinal tract.Suitable topical formulations are readily prepared for each of theseareas or organs.

Dosage forms for topical or transdermal administration of a compounddescribed herein include ointments, pastes, creams, lotions, gels,powders, solutions, sprays, inhalants or patches. The active componentis admixed under sterile conditions with a pharmaceutically acceptablecarrier and any needed preservatives or buffers as may be required.Ophthalmic formulation, eardrops, and eye drops are also contemplated asbeing within the scope of this invention. Additionally, the presentinvention contemplates the use of transdermal patches, which have theadded advantage of providing controlled delivery of a compound to thebody. Such dosage forms can be made by dissolving or dispensing thecompound in the proper medium. Absorption enhancers can also be used toincrease the flux of the compound across the skin. The rate can becontrolled by either providing a rate controlling membrane or bydispersing the compound in a polymer matrix or gel. Topical applicationfor the lower intestinal tract can be effected in a rectal suppositoryformulation (see above) or in a suitable enema formulation.Topically-transdermal patches may also be used.

For topical applications, the pharmaceutical compositions may beformulated in a suitable ointment containing the active componentsuspended or dissolved in one or more carriers. Carriers for topicaladministration of the compounds of this invention include, but are notlimited to, mineral oil, liquid petrolatum, white petrolatum, propyleneglycol, polyoxyethylene, polyoxypropylene compound, emulsifying wax andwater. Alternatively, the pharmaceutical compositions can be formulatedin a suitable lotion or cream containing the active components suspendedor dissolved in one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers.Suitable carriers include, but are not limited to, mineral oil, sorbitanmonostearate, polysorbate 60, cetyl esters wax, cetearyl alcohol, 2octyldodecanol, benzyl alcohol and water.

For ophthalmic use, the pharmaceutical compositions may be formulated asmicronized suspensions in isotonic, pH adjusted sterile saline, or,preferably, as solutions in isotonic, pH adjusted sterile saline, eitherwith or without a preservative such as benzylalkonium chloride.Alternatively, for ophthalmic uses, the pharmaceutical compositions maybe formulated in an ointment such as petrolatum. For treatment of theeye or other external tissues, e.g., mouth and skin, the formulationsmay be applied as a topical ointment or cream containing the activeingredient(s) in an amount of, for example, 0.075 to 20% w/w. Whenformulated in an ointment, the active ingredients may be employed witheither an oil-based, paraffinic or a water-miscible ointment base.

Alternatively, the active ingredients may be formulated in a cream withan oil-in-water cream base. If desired, the aqueous phase of the creambase may include a polyhydric alcohol, i.e. an alcohol having two ormore hydroxyl groups such as propylene glycol, butane 1,3-diol,mannitol, sorbitol, glycerol and polyethylene glycol (including PEG 400)and mixtures thereof. The topical formulations may desirably include acompound which enhances absorption or penetration of the activeingredient through the skin or other affected areas. Examples of suchdermal penetration enhancers include dimethyl sulfoxide and relatedanalogs.

The oily phase of emulsions prepared using a compound of Formula I orFormula Ib may be constituted from known ingredients in a known manner.While the phase may comprise merely an emulsifier (otherwise known as anemulgent), it desirably comprises a mixture of at least one emulsifierwith a fat or an oil or with both a fat and an oil. A hydrophilicemulsifier may be included together with a lipophilic emulsifier whichacts as a stabilizer. In some embodiments, the emulsifier includes bothan oil and a fat. Together, the emulsifier(s) with or withoutstabilizer(s) make up the so-called emulsifying wax, and the waxtogether with the oil and fat make up the so-called emulsifying ointmentbase which forms the oily dispersed phase of the cream formulations.Emulgents and emulsion stabilizers suitable for use in the formulationof a compound of Formula I or Formula Ib include Tween™-60, Span™-80,cetostearyl alcohol, benzyl alcohol, myristyl alcohol, glycerylmono-stearate and sodium lauryl sulfate.

The pharmaceutical compositions may also be administered by nasalaerosol or by inhalation. Such compositions are prepared according totechniques well-known in the art of pharmaceutical formulation and maybe prepared as solutions in saline, employing benzyl alcohol or othersuitable preservatives, absorption promoters to enhance bioavailability,fluorocarbons, and/or other conventional solubilizing or dispersingagents. Formulations suitable for intrapulmonary or nasal administrationhave a particle size for example in the range of 0.1 to 500 micros(including particles in a range between 0.1 and 500 microns inincrements microns such as 0.5, 1, 30, 35 microns, etc) which isadministered by rapid inhalation through the nasal passage or byinhalation through the mouth so as to reach the alveolar sacs.

The pharmaceutical composition (or formulation) for use may be packagedin a variety of ways depending upon the method used for administeringthe drug. Generally, an article for distribution includes a containerhaving deposited therein the pharmaceutical formulation in anappropriate form. Suitable containers are well-known to those skilled inthe art and include materials such as bottles (plastic and glass),sachets, ampoules, plastic bags, metal cylinders, and the like. Thecontainer may also include a tamper-proof assemblage to preventindiscreet access to the contents of the package. In addition, thecontainer has deposited thereon a label that describes the contents ofthe container. The label may also include appropriate warnings.

The formulations may be packaged in unit-dose or multi-dose containers,for example sealed ampoules and vials, and may be stored in afreeze-dried (lyophilized) condition requiring only the addition of thesterile liquid carrier, for example water, for injection immediatelyprior to use. Extemporaneous injection solutions and suspensions areprepared from sterile powders, granules and tablets of the kindpreviously described. Preferred unit dosage formulations are thosecontaining a daily dose or unit daily sub-dose, as herein above recited,or an appropriate fraction thereof, of the active ingredient.

In another aspect, a compound of Formula I or Formula Ib or apharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof may be formulated in aveterinary composition comprising a veterinary carrier. Veterinarycarriers are materials useful for the purpose of administering thecomposition and may be solid, liquid or gaseous materials which areotherwise inert or accepFormula I or Formula Ibn the veterinary art andare compatible with the active ingredient. These veterinary compositionsmay be administered parenterally, orally or by any other desired route.

Therapeutic Methods

The present disclosure relates to stimulators of soluble guanylatecyclase (sGC), pharmaceutical formulations thereof and their use, aloneor in combination with one or more additional agents, for treatingand/or preventing various diseases, wherein an increase in theconcentration of NO or an increase in the concentration of cGMP might bedesirable. The diseases that can be treated include but are not limitedtopulmonary hypertension, arterial hypertension, portal hypertension,heart failure, atherosclerosis, inflammation, thrombosis, obstructivethromboanginitis, renal fibrosis and failure, liver cirrhosis, cancermetastasis, female sexual disorders, erectile dysfunction, vaginalatrophy, wound healingand other related cardiovascular disorders.

Increased concentration of cGMP leads to vasodilation, inhibition ofplatelet aggregation and adhesion, anti-hypertensive effects,anti-remodeling effects, anti-apoptotic effects, anti-inflammatoryeffects and neuronal signal transmission effects. Thus, sGC stimulatorsmay be used to treat and/or prevent a range of diseases and disorders,including but not limited to a peripheral, pulmonary, hepatic, liver,cardiac or cerebralvascular/endothelial disorders or conditions, aurogenital-gynecological disorder or condition, a thromboembolicdisease, a fibrotic disorder, a pulmonary or respiratory disorder, arenal or hepatic disorder, a metabolic disorder, atherosclerosis, or alipid related disorder.

In other embodiments, the compounds here disclosed are sGC stimulatorsthat may be useful in the prevention and/or treatment of diseases anddisorders characterized by undesirable reduced bioavailability of and/orsensitivity to NO, such as those associated with conditions of oxidativestress or nitrosative stress.

Throughout this disclosure, the terms “hypertension”, “arterialhypertension” or “high blood pressure (HBP)” are used interchangeableand refer to an extremely common and highly preventable chroniccondition in which blood pressure (BP) in the arteries is higher thannormal. If not properly controlled, it represents a significant riskfactor for several serious cardiovascular and renal conditions.Hypertension may be a primary disease, called “essential hypertension”or “idiopathic hypertension”, or it may be caused by other diseases, inwhich case it is classified as “secondary hypertension”. Essentialhypertension accounts for 90-95% of all cases.

As used herein, the term “resistant hypertension” refers to hypertensionthat remains above goal blood pressure (usually less than 140/90 mmHg,although a lower goal of less than 130/80 mmHg is recommended forpatients with comorbid diabetes or kidney disease), in spite ofconcurrent use of three antihypertensive agents belonging to differentantihypertensive drug classes. People who require four or more drugs tocontrol their blood pressure are also considered to have resistanthypertension.

Hypertension is an extremely common comorbid condition in diabetes,affecting ˜20-60% of patients with diabetes, depending on obesity,ethnicity, and age. This type of hypertension is herein refered to as“diabetic hypertension”. In type 2 diabetes, hypertension is oftenpresent as part of the metabolic syndrome of insulin resistance alsoincluding central obesity and dyslipidemia. In type 1 diabetes,hypertension may affect the onset of diabetic nephropathy.

“Pulmonary hypertension (PH)”, as used herein, is a diseasecharacterized by sustained elevations of blood pressure in the pulmonaryvasculature (pulmonary artery, pulmonary vein and pulmonarycapillaries), which results in cardiac hypertrophy, right hearthypertrophy, eventually leading to right heart failure and death. Commonsymptoms of PH include shortness of breath, dizziness and fainting, allof which are exacerbated by exertion. Without treatment, median lifeexpectancy following diagnosis is 2.8 years. PH exists in many differentforms, which are categorized according to their etiology. Categoriesinclude pulmonary arterial hypertension (PAH), PH with left heartdisease, PH associated with lung diseases and/or hypoxaemia, PH due tochronic thrombotic and/or embolic disease and miscellaneous PH. PAH israre in the general population, but the prevalence increases inassociation with certain common conditions such as HIV infection,scleroderma and sickle cell disease. Other forms of PH are generallymore common than PAH, and, for instance, the association of PH withchronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD) is of particular concern.Current treatment for pulmonary hypertension depends on the stage andthe mechanism of the disease.

As used herein “heart failure” is a progressive disorder of leftventricular (LV) myocardial remodeling that culminates in a complexclinical syndrome in which impaired cardiac function and circulatorycongestion are the defining features, and results in insufficientdelivery of blood and nutrients to body tissues. The condition occurswhen the heart is damaged or overworked and unable to pump out all theblood that returns to it from the systemic circulation. As less blood ispumped out, blood returning to the heart backs up and fluid builds up inother parts of the body. Heart failure also impairs the kidneys' abilityto dispose of sodium and water, complicating fluid retention further.Heart failure is characterized by autonomic dysfunction, neurohormonalactivation and overproduction of cytokines, which contribute toprogressive circulatory failure. Symptoms of heart failure include:dyspnea (shortness of breath) while exercising or resting and waking atnight due to sudden breathlessness, both indicative of pulmonary edema;general fatigue or weakness, edema of the feet, ankles and legs, rapidweight gain, chronic cough, including that producing mucus or blood.Depending on its clinical presentation, heart failure is classified asde novo, transient or chronic. Acute heart failure, i.e. the rapid orgradual onset of symptoms requiring urgent therapy, may develop de novoor as a result of chronic heart failure becoming decompensated. Diabetesis a common comorbidity in patients with heart failure and is associatedwith poorer outcomes as well as potentially compromising the efficacy oftreatments. Other important comorbidities include systemic hypertension,chronic airflow obstruction, sleep apnea, cognitive dysfunction, anemia,chronic kidney disease and arthritis. Chronic left heart failure isfrequently associated with the development of pulmonary hypertension.The frequency of certain comorbidities varies by gender: among women,hypertension and thyroid disease are more common, while men morecommonly suffer from chronic obstructive pulmonary disease,bronchoconstriction, pulmonary vasoconstriction, acute pulmonarydistress syndrome, peripheral vascular disease, coronary artery diseaseand renal insufficiency. Depression is a frequent comorbidity of heartfailure and the two conditions can and often do complicate one another.Cachexia has long been recognized as a serious and frequent complicationof heart failure, affecting up to 15% of all heart failure patients andbeing associated with poor prognosis. Cardiac cachexia is defined as thenonedematous, nonvoluntary loss of at least 6% of body weight over aperiod of six months.

The term “sleep apnea” refers to the most common of the sleep-disorderedbreathing disorders. It is a condition characterized by intermittent,cyclical reductions or total cessations of airflow, which may or may notinvolve obstruction of the upper airway. There are three types of sleepapnea: obstructive sleep apnea, the most common form, central sleepapnea and mixed sleep apnea.

“Central sleep apnea (CSA)”, is caused by a malfunction in the brain'snormal signal to breathe, rather than physical blockage of the airway.The lack of respiratory effort leads to an increase in carbon dioxide inthe blood, which may rouse the patient. CSA is rare in the generalpopulation, but is a relatively common occurrence in patients withsystolic heart failure.

As used herein, the term “metabolic syndrome”, “insulin resistancesyndrome” or “syndrome X”, refers to a group or clustering of metabolicconditions (abdominal obesity, elevated fasting glucose, “dyslipidemia”(i.e,. elevated lipid levels) and elevated blood pressure (HBP)) whichoccur together more often than by chance alone and that together promotethe development of type 2 diabetes and cardiovascular disease. Metabolicsyndrome is characterized by a specific lipid profile of increasedtriglycerides, decreased high-density lipoprotein cholesterol(HDL-cholesterol) and in some cases moderately elevated low-densitylipoprotein cholesterol (LDL-cholesterol) levels, as well as acceleratedprogression of “atherosclerotic disease” due to the pressure of thecomponent risk factors. There are several types of dyslipidemias:“hypercholesterolemia” refers to elevated levels of cholesterol.Familial hypercholesterolemia is a specific form of hypercholesterolemiadue to a defect on chromosome 19 (19p13.1-13.3). “Hyperglyceridemia”refers to elevated levels of glycerides (e.g., “hypertrigliceridemia”involves elevated levels of triglycerides). “Hyperlipoproteinemia”refers to elevated levels of lipoproteins (usually LDL unless otherwisespecified).

As used herein, the term “peripheral vascular disease (PVD)”, alsocommonly referred to as “peripheral arterial disease (PAD)” or“peripheral artery occlusive disease (PAOD)”, refers to the obstructionof large arteries not within the coronary, aortic arch vasculature, orbrain. PVD can result from atherosclerosis, inflammatory processesleading to stenosis, an embolism, peripheral embolism, or thrombusformation. It causes either acute or chronic “ischemia (lack of bloodsupply)”. Often PVD is a term used to refer to atherosclerotic blockagesfound in the lower extremity. PVD also includes a subset of diseasesclassified as microvascular diseases resulting from episodal narrowingof the arteries (e.g., “Raynaud's phenomenon”), or widening thereof(erythromelalgia), i.e. vascular spasms.

The term “thrombosis” refers to the formation of a blood clot(“thrombus”) inside a blood vessel, obstructing the flow of bloodthrough the circulatory system. When a blood vessel is injured, the bodyuses platelets (thrombocytes) and fibrin to form a blood clot to preventblood loss. Alternatively, even when a blood vessel is not injured,blood clots may form in the body if the proper conditions presentthemselves. If the clotting is too severe and the clot breaks free, thetraveling clot is now known as an “embolus”. The term “thromboembolism”refers to the combination of thrombosis and its main complication,“embolism”. When a thrombus occupies more than 75% of surface area ofthe lumen of an artery, blood flow to the tissue supplied is reducedenough to cause symptoms because of decreased oxygen (hypoxia) andaccumulation of metabolic products like lactic acid (“gout”). More than90% obstruction can result in anoxia, the complete deprivation ofoxygen, and “infarction”, a mode of cell death.

An “embolism” (plural embolisms) is the event of lodging of an embolus(a detached intravascular mass capable of clogging arterial capillarybeds at a site far from its origin) into a narrow capillary vessel of anarterial bed which causes a blockage (vascular occlusion) in a distantpart of the body. This is not to be confused with a thrombus whichblocks at the site of origin.

A “stroke”, or cerebrovascular accident (CVA), is the rapid loss ofbrain function(s) due to disturbance in the blood supply to the brain.This can be due to “ischemia” (lack of blood flow) caused by blockage(thrombosis, arterial embolism, peripheral embolism), or a hemorrhage(leakage of blood). As a result, the affected area of the brain cannotfunction, which might result in an inability to move one or more limbson one side of the body, inability to understand or formulate speech, oran inability to see one side of the visual field. Risk factors forstroke include old age, hypertension, previous stroke or transientischemic attack (TIA), diabetes, high cholesterol, cigarette smoking andatrial fibrillation. High blood pressure is the most importantmodifiable risk factor of stroke. An “ischemic stroke” is occasionallytreated in a hospital with thrombolysis (also known as a “clot buster”),and some hemorrhagic strokes benefit from neurosurgery. Prevention ofrecurrence may involve the administration of antiplatelet drugs such asaspirin and dipyridamole, control and reduction of hypertension, and theuse of statins. Selected patients may benefit from carotidendarterectomy and the use of anticoagulants.

“Ischemia”, is a restriction in blood supply to tissues, causing ashortage of oxygen and glucose needed for cellular metabolism (to keeptissue alive). Ischemia is generally caused by problems with bloodvessels, with resultant damage to or dysfunction of tissue. It alsomeans local anemia in a given part of a body sometimes resulting fromcongestion (such as vasoconstriction, thrombosis or embolism).

According to the American Psychiatric Association's Diagnostic andStatistical Manual of Mental Disorders, Fourth Edition (DSM-IV), theterm “sexual dysfunction” encompasses a series of conditions“characterized by disturbances in sexual desire and in thepsychophysiological changes associated with the sexual response cycle”;while problems of this type are common, sexual dysfunction is onlyconsidered to exist when the problems cause distress for the patient.Sexual dysfunction can be either physical or psychological in origin. Itcan exist as a primary condition, generally hormonal in nature, althoughmost often it is secondary to other medical conditions or to drugtherapy for said conditions. All types of sexual dysfunction can befurther classified as life-long, acquired, situational or generalized(or combinations thereof).

The DSM-IV-TR specifies five major categories of “female sexualdysfunction”: sexual desire/interest disorders; “sexual arousaldisorders (including genital, subjective and combined)”; orgasmicdisorder; dyspareunia and vaginismus; and persistent sexual arousaldisorder.

“Female sexual arousal disorder (FSAD)” is defined as a persistent orrecurring inability to attain or maintain sufficient levels of sexualexcitement, causing personal distress. FSAD encompasses both the lack ofsubjective feelings of excitement (i.e., subjective sexual arousaldisorder) and the lack of somatic responses such as lubrication andswelling (i.e., genital/physical sexual arousal disorder). FSAD may bestrictly psychological in origin, although it generally is caused orcomplicated by medical or physiological factors. Hypoestrogenism is themost common physiologic condition associated with FSAD, which leads tourogenital atrophy and a decrease in vaginal lubrication.

As used herein, “erectile dysfunction (ED)” is a male sexual dysfunctioncharacterized by the inability to develop or maintain an erection of thepenis during sexual performance. A penile erection is the hydrauliceffect of blood entering and being retained in sponge-like bodies withinthe penis. The process is often initiated as a result of sexual arousal,when signals are transmitted from the brain to nerves in the penis.Erectile dysfunction is indicated when an erection is difficult toproduce. The most important organic causes are cardiovascular diseaseand diabetes, neurological problems (for example, trauma fromprostatectomy surgery), hormonal insufficiencies (hypogonadism) and drugside effects.

-   (1) Specific diseases of disorders which may be treated and/or    prevented by administering an sGC stimulator of the invention,    include but are not limited to: hypertension (e.g., diabetic    hypertension, arterial hypertension, portal hypertension, pulmonary    hypertension, resistant hypertension, peripheral vascular disease,    peripheral artery disease, etc), heart failure (e.g., diastolic    dysfunction, left ventricular diastolic dysfunction (LVDD) and left    ventricular systolic dysfunction (LVSD), sleep apnea associated with    heart failure), arteriosclerotic disease (e.g., atherosclerosis),    thromboembolic disorders (e.g., chronic thromboembolic pulmonary    hypertension, thrombosis, obstructive thromboanginosis, stroke,    embolism, pulmonary embolism, peripheral embolism), renal diseases    (e.g., renal fibrosis, ischemic renal disease,renal failure, renal    insufficiency, chronic kidney disease), hepatic disease (e.g.,liver    fibrosis or cirrhosis), respiratory disease (e.g., pulmonary    fibrosis, asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease,    bronchoconstriction, pulmonary vasoconstriction, acute respiratory    distress syndrome, interstitial lung disease), sexual disorders    (e.g., erectile dysfunction, male and female sexual dysfunction,    vaginal atrophy), sickle cell anemia, neuro inflammatory diseases or    disorders and metabolic disorders (e.g., lipid related disorders),    wound healing (e.g., in diabetics), microvascular or    microcirculation abnormalities, control of vascular leakage and    permeability, endothelial dysfunction, inhibition of modulation of    platelet aggregation, anal fissures.

The compounds of Formula I and Formula Ib as well as pharmaceuticallyacceptable salts thereof, as stimulators of sGC, are useful in theprevention and/or treatment of the following types of diseases,conditions and disorders which can benefit from sGC stimulation:

-   a. Peripheral, pulmonary, hepatic, liver, cardiac or cerebral    vascular/endothelial disorders/conditions:    -   disorders related to high blood pressure and decreased coronary        blood flow such as increased acute and chronic coronary blood        pressure, arterial hypertension and vascular disorder resulting        from cardiac and renal complications (e.g. heart disease,        stroke, cerebral ischemia, renal failure); resistant        hypertension, diabetic hypertension, diabetic nephropathy,        congestive heart failure; diastolic or sistolic dysfunction;        coronary insufficiency; arrhythmias; diastolic dysfunction;    -   thromboembolic disorders and ischemias such as myocardial        infarction, stroke, transient ischemic attacks (TIAs); stable or        unstable angina pectoris;    -   peripheral arterial disease, peripheral occlusive arterial        disease, intermittent claudication, critical limb ischemia,        vasculitis    -   pulmonary/respiratory conditions such as pulmonary hypertension,        pulmonary arterial hypertension, portal hypertension, acute        respiratory distress syndrome, and associated pulmonary vascular        remodeling (e.g. localized thrombosis and right heart        hypertrophy); pulmonary hypertonia; primary pulmonary        hypertension, secondary pulmonary hypertension, familial        pulmonary hypertension, sporadic pulmonary hypertension,        pre-capillary pulmonary hypertension, idiopathic pulmonary        hypertension, thrombotic pulmonary arteriopathy, plexogenic        pulmonary arteriopathy;    -   pulmonary hypertension associated with or related to: left        ventricular dysfunction, hypoxemia, mitral valve disease,        constrictive pericarditis, aortic stenosis, cardiomyopathy,        mediastinal fibrosis, pulmonary fibrosis, anomalous pulmonary        venous drainage, pulmonary venooclusive disease, pulmonary        vasculitis, collagen vascular disease, congenital heart disease,        pulmonary venous hypertension, interstitial lung disease,        sleep-disordered breathing, sleep apnea, alveolar        hypoventilation disorders, chronic exposure to high altitude,        neonatal lung disease, alveolar-capillary dysplasia, sickle cell        disease, other coagulation disorders, chronic thromboembolism,        pulmonary embolism (due to tumor, parasites or foreign        material), peripheral embolism, connective tissue disease,        lupus, schitosomiasis, sarcoidosis, chronic obstructive        pulmonary disease, bronchoconstriction, pulmonary        vasoconstriction, acute respiratory distress syndrome, asthma,        emphysema, chronic bronchitis, pulmonary capillary        hemangiomatosis; histiocytosis X, lymphangiomatosis and        compressed pulmonary vessels (such as due to adenopathy, tumor        or fibrosing mediastinitis);    -   arterosclerotic diseases or conditions such as atherosclerosis        (e.g., associated with endothelial injury, platelet and monocyte        adhesion and aggregation, smooth muscle proliferation and        migration); restenosis (e.g. developed after thrombolysis        therapies, percutaneous transluminal angioplasties (PTAs),        percutaneous transluminal coronary angioplasties (PTCAs) and        bypass); inflammation; thrombogenic diseases;    -   cardiovascular disease associated with metabolic syndrome (e.g.,        obesity, dyslipidemia, diabetis, high blood pressure); lipid        related disorders such as dyslipidemia, hypercholesterolemia,        hypertriglyceridemia, sitosterolemia, fatty liver disease, and        hepatitis;    -   liver cirrhosis, associated with chronic liver disease, hepatic        fibrosis, hepatic stellate cell activation, hepatic fibrous        collagen and total collagen accumulation; liver disease of        necro-inflammatory and/or of immunological origin; andurogenital        system disorders, such as renal fibrosis and renal failure        resulting from chronic kidney diseases or insufficiency (e.g.        due to accumulation/ deposition and tissue injury, progressive        sclerosis, glomerunephritis); prostate hypertrophy; cardiac        interstitial fibrosis, cardiac remodeling and fibrosis, heart        failure, cardiorenal syndrome; cardiac hypertrophy; diabetic        nephropathy-   b. sexual disorders of conditions: erectile dysfunction; female    sexual dysfunction (e.g., female sexual arousal dysfunction),    vaginal atrophy and incontinence.-   c. wound healing (e.g., in diabetics), microvascular persufion    improvement (e.g., following injury, in perioperative care),    microcirculation abnormalities, control of vascular leakage and    permeability, for conserving blood substitutes in trauma patients,    endothelial dysfunction, inhibition of modulation of platelet    aggregation, anal fissures; shock, sepsis, cardiogenic shock,    control of leukocite activation; diabetic ulcers

In other embodiments of the invention, the compounds of Formula I andFormula Ib as well as pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof areuseful in the prevention and/or treatment of the following types ofdiseases, conditions and disorders which can benefit from sGCstimulation:

-   hypertension, resistant hypertension, diabetic hypertension,    pulmonary hypertension (PH), pulmonary arterial hypertension, PH    associated with COPD, acute respiratory distress syndrome, chronic    airflow obstruction, asthma or pulmonary fibrosis, thrombosis,    obstructive thromboanginosis, embolism, peripheral embolism,    thromboembolic disorders, atherosclerosis, right heart hypertrophy,    heart failure, diastolic dysfunction, systolic dysfunction, sleep    apnea associated with heart failure, liver cirrhosis, renal    fibrosis, renal failure resulting from chronic kidney diseases or    insufficiency, metabolic disorder, dyslipidemia,    hypercholesterolemia, hypertriglyceridemia, sitosterolemia, fatty    liver disease, hepatitis, erectile dysfunction, female sexual    dysfunction, female sexual arousal dysfunction, vaginal atrophy and    wound healing.

The terms, “disease”, “disorder” and “condition” may be usedinterchangeably here to refer to an sGC, cGMP and/or NO mediated medicalor pathological condition.

As used herein, the terms “subject” and “patient” are usedinterchangeably. The terms “subject” and “patient” refer to an animal(e.g., a bird such as a chicken, quail or turkey, or a mammal),specifically a “mammal” including a non-primate (e.g., a cow, pig,horse, sheep, rabbit, guinea pig, rat, cat, dog, and mouse) and aprimate (e.g., a monkey, chimpanzee and a human), and more specificallya human. In some embodiments, the subject is a non-human animal such asa farm animal (e.g., a horse, cow, pig or sheep), or a pet (e.g., a dog,cat, guinea pig or rabbit). In some embodiments, the subject is a human.

The invention also provides a method for treating one of the abovediseases, conditions and disorders in a subject, comprisingadministering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound ofFormula I and Formula Ib, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof,to the subject in need of the treatment. Alternatively, the inventionprovides the use of a compound of Formula I and Formula Ib, or apharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in the treatment of one ofthese diseases, conditions and disorders in a subject in need of thetreatment. The invention further provides a method of making ormanufacturing a medicament useful for treating one of these diseases,conditions and disorders comprising using a compound of Formula I andFormula Ib, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

The term “biological sample”, as used herein, refers to an in vitro orex vivo sample, and includes, without limitation, cell cultures orextracts thereof; biopsied material obtained from a mammal or extractsthereof; blood, saliva, urine, faeces, semen, tears, lymphatic fluid,ocular fluid, vitreous humour, or other body fluids or extracts thereof.

“Treat”, “treating” or “treatment” with regard to a disorder or diseaserefers to alleviating or abrogating the cause and/or the effects of thedisorder or disease. As used herein, the terms “treat”, “treatment” and“treating” refer to the reduction or amelioration of the progression,severity and/or duration of an sGC, cGMP and/or NO mediated condition,or the amelioration of one or more symptoms (preferably, one or morediscernable symptoms) of said condition (i.e. “managing” without“curing” the condition), resulting from the administration of one ormore therapies (e.g., one or more therapeutic agents such as a compoundor composition of the invention). In specific embodiments, the terms“treat”; “treatment” and “treating” refer to the amelioration of atleast one measurable physical parameter of an sGC, cGMP and/or NOmediated condition. In other embodiments the terms “treat”, “treatment”and “treating” refer to the inhibition of the progression of an sGC,cGMP and/or NO mediated condition, either physically by, e.g.,stabilization of a discernable symptom or physiologically by, e.g.,stabilization of a physical parameter, or both.

The term “preventing” as used herein refers to administering amedicament beforehand to avert or forestall the appearance of one ormore symptoms of a disease or disorder. The person of ordinary skill inthe medical art recognizes that the term “prevent” is not an absoluteterm. In the medical art it is understood to refer to the prophylacticadministration of a drug to substantially diminish the likelihood orseriousness of a condition, or symptom of the condition and this is thesense intended in this disclosure. The Physician's Desk Reference, astandard text in the field, uses the term “prevent” hundreds of times.As used therein, the terms “prevent”, “preventing” and “prevention” withregard to a disorder or disease, refer to averting the cause, effects,symptoms or progression of a disease or disorder prior to the disease ordisorder fully manifesting itself

In one embodiment, the methods of the invention are a preventative or“pre-emptive” measure to a patient, specifically a human, having apredisposition (e.g. a genetic predisposition) to developing an sGC,cGMP and/or NO related disease, disorder or symptom.

In other embodiments, the methods of the invention are a preventative or“pre-emptive” measure to a patient, specifically a human, suffering froma disease, disorder or condition that makes him at risk of developing ansGC, cGMP or NO related disease, disorder or symptom.

The compounds and pharmaceutical compositions described herein can beused alone or in combination therapy for the treatment or prevention ofa disease or disorder mediated, regulated or influenced by sGC, cGMPand/or NO.

Compounds and compositions here disclosed are also useful for veterinarytreatment of companion animals, exotic animals and farm animals,including, without limitation, dogs, cats, mice, rats, hamsters,gerbils, guinea pigs, rabbits, horses, pigs and cattle.

In other embodiments, the invention provides a method of stimulating sGCactivity in a biological sample, comprising contacting said biologicalsample with a compound or composition of the invention. Use of a sGCstimulator in a biological sample is useful for a variety of purposesknown to one of skill in the art. Examples of such purposes include,without limitation, biological assays and biological specimen storage.

Combination Therapies

The compounds and pharmaceutical compositions described herein can beused in combination therapy with one or more additional therapeuticagents. For combination treatment with more than one active agent, wherethe active agents are in separate dosage formulations, the active agentsmay be administered separately or in conjunction. In addition, theadministration of one element may be prior to, concurrent to, orsubsequent to the administration of the other agent.

When co-administered with other agents, e.g., when co-administered withanother pain medication, an “effective amount” of the second agent willdepend on the type of drug used. Suitable dosages are known for approvedagents and can be adjusted by the skilled artisan according to thecondition of the subject, the type of condition(s) being treated and theamount of a compound described herein being used. In cases where noamount is expressly noted, an effective amount should be assumed. Forexample, compounds described herein can be administered to a subject ina dosage range from between about 0.01 to about 10,000 mg/kg bodyweight/day, about 0.01 to about 5000 mg/kg body weight/day, about 0.01to about 3000 mg/kg body weight/day, about 0.01 to about 1000 mg/kg bodyweight/day, about 0.01 to about 500 mg/kg body weight/day, about 0.01 toabout 300 mg/kg body weight/day, about 0.01 to about 100 mg/kg bodyweight/day.

When “combination therapy” is employed, an effective amount can beachieved using a first amount of a compound of Formula I and Formula Ibor a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and a second amount of anadditional suitable therapeutic agent.

In one embodiment of this invention, a compound of Formula I and FormulaIb and the additional therapeutic agent are each administered in aneffective amount (i.e., each in an amount which would be therapeuticallyeffective if administered alone). In another embodiment, the compound ofFormula I and Formula Ib and the additional therapeutic agent are eachadministered in an amount which alone does not provide a therapeuticeffect (a sub-therapeutic dose). In yet another embodiment, the compoundof Formula I and Formula Ib can be administered in an effective amount,while the additional therapeutic agent is administered in asub-therapeutic dose. In still another embodiment, the compound ofFormula I and Formula Ib can be administered in a sub-therapeutic dose,while the additional therapeutic agent, for example, a suitablecancer-therapeutic agent is administered in an effective amount.

As used herein, the terms “in combination” or “co-administration” can beused interchangeably to refer to the use of more than one therapy (e.g.,one or more prophylactic and/or therapeutic agents). The use of theterms does not restrict the order in which therapies (e.g., prophylacticand/or therapeutic agents) are administered to a subject.

Co-administration encompasses administration of the first and secondamounts of the compounds in an essentially simultaneous manner, such asin a single pharmaceutical composition, for example, capsule or tablethaving a fixed ratio of first and second amounts, or in multiple,separate capsules or tablets for each. In addition, such coadministration also encompasses use of each compound in a sequentialmanner in either order. When co-administration involves the separateadministration of the first amount of a compound of Formula I andFormula Ib and a second amount of an additional therapeutic agent, thecompounds are administered sufficiently close in time to have thedesired therapeutic effect. For example, the period of time between eachadministration which can result in the desired therapeutic effect, canrange from minutes to hours and can be determined taking into accountthe properties of each compound such as potency, solubility,bioavailability, plasma half-life and kinetic profile. For example, acompound of Formula I and Formula Ib and the second therapeutic agentcan be administered in any order within about 24 hours of each other,within about 16 hours of each other, within about 8 hours of each other,within about 4 hours of each other, within about 1 hour of each other orwithin about 30 minutes of each other.

More, specifically, a first therapy (e.g., a prophylactic or therapeuticagent such as a compound described herein) can be administered prior to(e.g., 5 minutes, 15 minutes, 30 minutes, 45 minutes, 1 hour, 2 hours, 4hours, 6 hours, 12 hours, 24 hours, 48 hours, 72 hours, 96 hours, 1week, 2 weeks, 3 weeks, 4 weeks, 5 weeks, 6 weeks, 8 weeks, or 12 weeksbefore), concomitantly with, or subsequent to (e.g., 5 minutes, 15minutes, 30 minutes, 45 minutes, 1 hour, 2 hours, 4 hours, 6 hours, 12hours, 24 hours, 48 hours, 72 hours, 96 hours, 1 week, 2 weeks, 3 weeks,4 weeks, 5 weeks, 6 weeks, 8 weeks, or 12 weeks after) theadministration of a second therapy (e.g., a prophylactic or therapeuticagent such as an anti-cancer agent) to a subject.

Examples of other therapeutic agents that may be combined with acompound of this disclosure, either administered separately or in thesame pharmaceutical composition, include, but are not limited to:

-   (1) Endothelium-derived releasing factor (EDRF);-   (2) NO donors such as a nitrosothiol, a nitrite, a sydnonimine, a    NONOate, a N-nitrosoamine, a N-hydroxyl nitrosamine, a nitrosimine,    nitrotyrosine, a diazetine dioxide, an oxatriazole 5-imine, an    oxime, a hydroxylamine, a N-hydroxyguanidine, a hydroxyurea or a    furoxan. Some examples of these types of compounds include: glyceryl    trinitrate (also known as GTN, nitroglycerin, nitroglycerine, and    trinitrogylcerin), the nitrate ester of glycerol; sodium    nitroprusside (SNP), wherein a molecule of nitric oxide is    coordinated to iron metal forming a square bipyramidal complex;    3-morpholinosydnonimine (SIN-1), a zwitterionic compound formed by    combination of a morpholine and a sydnonimine;    S-nitroso-N-acetylpenicillamine (SNAP), an N-acetylated amino acid    derivative with a nitrosothiol functional group;    diethylenetriamine/NO (DETA/NO), a compound of nitric oxide    covalently linked to diethylenetriamine; and NCX 4016, an    m-nitroxymethyl phenyl ester of acetyl salicylic acid. More specific    examples of some of these classes of NO donors include: the classic    nitrovasodilators, such as organic nitrate and nitrite esters,    including nitroglycerin, amyl nitrite, isosorbide dinitrate,    isosorbide 5-mononitrate, and nicorandil; Isosorbide (Dilatrate®-SR,    Imdur®, Ismo®, Isordil®, Isordil®, Titradose®, Monoket®), FK 409    (NOR-3); FR 144420 (NOR-4); 3-morpholinosydnonimine; Linsidomine    chlorohydrate (“SIN-1”); S-nitroso-N-acetylpenicillamine (“SNAP”);    AZD3582 (CINOD lead compound), NCX 4016, NCX 701, NCX 1022, HCT    1026, NCX 1015, NCX 950, NCX 1000, NCX 1020, AZD 4717, NCX 1510/NCX    1512, NCX 2216, and NCX 4040 (all available from NicOx S.A.),    S-nitrosoglutathione (GSNO), Sodium Nitroprusside,    S-nitrosoglutathione mono-ethyl-ester (GSNO-ester),    6-(2-hydroxy-1-methyl-nitrosohydrazino)-N-methyl-1-hexanamine    (NOC-9) or diethylamine NONOate. Nitric oxide donors are also as    disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,155,137, 5,366,997, 5,405,919,    5,650,442, 5,700,830, 5,632,981, 6,290,981, 5,691,423 5,721,365,    5,714,511, 6,511,911, and 5,814,666, Chrysselis et al. (2002) J Med    Chem. 45:5406-9 (such as NO donors 14 and 17), and Nitric Oxide    Donors for Pharmaceutical and Biological Research, Eds: Peng George    Wang, Tingwei Bill Cai, Naoyuki Taniguchi, Wiley, 2005;-   (3) Other substances that enhance cGMP concentrations such as    protoporphyrin IX, arachidonic acid and phenyl hydrazine    derivatives;-   (4) Nitric Oxide Synthase substrates: for example,    n-hydroxyguanidine based analogs, such as N[G]-hydroxy-L-arginine    (NOHA), 1-(3,4-dimethoxy-2-chlorobenzylideneamino)-3-hydroxyguani    dine, and PR5    (1-(3,4-dimethoxy-2-chlorobenzylideneamino)-3-hydroxyguanidine);    L-arginine derivatives (such as homo-Arg, homo-NOHA,    N-tert-butyloxy- and N-(3-methyl-2-butenyl)oxy-L-arginine,    canavanine, epsilon guanidine-carpoic acid, agmatine,    hydroxyl-agmatine, and L-tyrosyl-L-arginine);    N-alkyl-N′-hydroxyguanidines (such as    N-cyclopropyl-N′-hydroxyguanidine and N-butyl-N′-hydroxyguanidine),    N-aryl-N′-hydroxyguanidines (such as N-phenyl-N′-hydroxyguanidine    and its para-substituted derivatives which bear F, —Cl, -methyl, —OH    substituents, respectively); guanidine derivatives such as    3-(trifluormethyl) propylguanidine; and others reviewed in Cali et    al. (2005, Current Topics in Medicinal Chemistry 5:721-736) and    disclosed in the references cited therein;-   (5) Compounds which enhance eNOS transcription: for example those    described in WO 02/064146, WO 02/064545, WO 02/064546 and WO    02/064565, and corresponding patent documents such as    US2003/0008915, US2003/0022935, US2003/0022939 and US2003/0055093.    Other eNOS transcriptional enhancers including those described in    US20050101599 (e.g. 2,2-difluorobenzo[1,3]dioxol-5-carboxylic acid    indan-2-ylamide, and 4-fluoro-N-(indan-2-yl)-benzamide), and    Sanofi-Aventis compounds AVE3085 and AVE9488 (CA Registry NO.    916514-70-0; Schafer et al., Journal of Thrombosis and Homeostasis    2005; Volume 3, Supplement 1: abstract number P1487);-   (6) NO independent heme-independent sGC activators, including, but    not limited to:BAY 58-2667 (see patent publication DE19943635)

HMR-1766 (ataciguat sodium, see patent publication WO2000002851)

S 3448(2-(4-chloro-phenylsulfonylamino)-4,5-dimethoxy-N-(4-(thiomorpholine-4-sulfonyl)-phenyl)-benzamide(see patent publications DE19830430 and WO2000002851)

and HMR-1069 (Sanofi-Aventis).

-   (7) Heme-dependent sGC stimulators including, but not limited to:

YC-1 (see patent publications EP667345 and DE19744026)

BAY 41-2272 (see patent publications DE19834047 and DE19942809)

BAY 41-8543 (see patent publication DE19834044)

BAY 63-2521 (see patent publication DE19834044)

CFM-1571 (see patent publication WO2000027394)

and other compounds disclosed in Tetrahedron Letters (2003), 44(48):8661-8663.

-   (8) Compounds that inhibit the degradation of cGMP, such as:-   PDE5 inhibitors, such as, for example, Sildenafil (Viagra®) and    other related agents such as Avanafil, Lodenafil, Mirodenafil,    Sildenafil citrate (Revatio®), Tadalafil (Cialis® or Adcirca®),    Vardenafil (Levitra®) and Udenafil; Alprostadil; and Dipyridamole;-   (9) Calcium channel blockers such as:-   Dihydropyridine calcium channel blockers: Amlodipine (Norvasc),    Aranidipine (Sapresta), Azelnidipine (Calblock), Barnidipine    (HypoCa), Benidipine (Coniel), Cilnidipine (Atelec, Cinalong,    Siscard), Clevidipine (Cleviprex), Diltiazem, Efonidipine (Landel),    Felodipine (Plendil), Lacidipine (Motens, Lacipil), Lercanidipine    (Zanidip), Manidipine (Calslot, Madipine), Nicardipine (Cardene,    Carden SR), Nifedipine (Procardia, Adalat), Nilvadipine (Nivadil),    Nimodipine (Nimotop), Nisoldipine (Baymycard, Sular, Syscor),    Nitrendipine (Cardif, Nitrepin, Baylotensin), Pranidipine (Acalas),    Isradipine (Lomir);-   Phenylalkylamine calcium channel blockers: Verapamil (Calan,    Isoptin)

Gallopamil (Procorum, D600);

-   Benzothiazepines: Diltiazem (Cardizem);

Nonselective calcium channel inhibitors such as: mibefradil, bepridiland fluspirilene, fendiline

-   (10) Endothelin receptor antagonists (ERAs): for instance the dual    (ETA and ETB) endothelin receptor antagonist Bosentan (marketed as    Tracleer®); Sitaxentan, marketed under the name Thelin®; Ambrisentan    is marketed as Letairis® in U. S; dual/nonselective endothelin    antagonist Actelion-1, that entered clinical trials in 2008;-   (11) Prostacyclin derivatives or analogues: for instance    prostacyclin (prostaglandin 12), Epoprostenol (synthetic    prostacyclin, marketed as Flolan®); Treprostinil (Remodulin®),    Iloprost (Ilomedin®), Iloprost (marketed as Ventavis®); oral and    inhaled forms of Remodulin® that are under development; Beraprost,    an oral prostanoid available in Japan and South Korea;-   (12) Antihyperlipidemics such as: bile acid sequestrants (e.g.,    Cholestyramine, Colestipol, Colestilan and Colesevelam); statins    such as Atorvastatin, Simvastatin, Lovastatin, Fluvastatin,    Pitavastatin, Rosuvastatin and Pravastatin; cholesterol absorption    inhibitors such as Ezetimibe; other lipid lowering agents such as    Icosapent ethyl ester, Omega-3-acid ethyl esters, Reducol;; fibric    acid derivatives such as Clofibrate, Bezafibrate, Clinofibrate,    Gemfibrozil, Ronifibrate, Binifibrate, Fenofirate, Ciprofibrate,    Choline fenofibrate; nicotinic acid derivatives such as Acipimox and    Niacin; also combinations of statins, niacin, intestinal cholesterol    absorption-inhibiting supplements (ezetimibe and others) and    fibrates; antiplatelet therapies such as Clopidogrel bisulfate;-   (13) Anticoagulants, such as the following types:    -   Coumarines (Vitamin K antagonists): Warfarin® (Coumadin) mostly        used in the US and UK; Acenocoumarol® and Phenprocoumon®, mainly        used in other countries; Phenindione®;    -   Heparin and derivative substances such as: Heparin; low        molecular weight heparin, Fondaparinux and Idraparinux;    -   Direct thrombin inhibitors such as: Argatroban, Lepirudin,        Bivalirudin and Dabigatran; Ximelagatran (Exanta®), not approved        in the US;    -   Tissue plasminogen activators, used to dissolve clots and        unblock arteries, such as Alteplase;-   (14) Antiplatelet drugs: for instance thienopyridines such as    Lopidogrel and Ticlopidine; Dipyridamole; Aspirin;-   (15) ACE inhibitors, for example the following types:    -   Sulfhydryl-containing agents such as Captopril (trade name        Capoten®), the first ACE inhibitor and Zofenopril;    -   Dicarboxylate-containing agents such as Enalapril        (Vasotec/Renitec®); Ramipril (Altace/Tritace/Ramace/Ramiwin®);        Quinapril (Accupril®), Perindopril (Coversyl/Aceon®); Lisinopril        (Lisodur/Lopril/Novatec/Prinivil/Zestril®) and Benazepril        (Lotensin®);    -   Phosphonate-containing agents such as: Fosinopril;    -   Naturally occurring ACE inhibitors such as: Casokinins and        lactokinins, which are breakdown products of casein and whey        that occur naturally after ingestion of milk products,        especially cultured milk; The Lactotripeptides Val-Pro-Pro and        Ile-Pro-Pro produced by the probiotic Lactobacillus helveticus        or derived from casein also have ACE-inhibiting and        antihypertensive functions;    -   Other ACE inhibitors such as Alacepril, Delapril, Cilazapril,        Imidapril, Trandolapril, Temocapril, Moexipril, Spirapril,-   (16) Supplemental oxygen therapy;-   (17) Beta blockers, such as the following types:    -   Non-selective agents: Alprenolol®, Bucindolol®, Carteolol®,        Carvedilol® (has additional α-blocking activity), Labetalol®        (has additional a-blocking activity), Nadolol®, Penbutolol® (has        intrinsic sympathomimetic activity), Pindolol® (has intrinsic        sympathomimetic activity), Oxprenonol, Acebutolol, Sotalol,        Mepindolol, Celiprolol, Arotinolol, Tertatolol, Amosulalol,        Nipradilol, Propranolol® and Timolol®;    -   β₁-Selective agents: Acebutolol® (has intrinsic sympathomimetic        activity), Atenolol®, Betaxolol®, Bisoprolol®, Celiprolol®,        Dobutamine hydrochloride, Irsogladine maleate, Carvedilol,        Talinolol, Esmolol®, Metoprolol® and Nebivolol®;    -   β₂-Selective agents: Butaxamine® (weak α-adrenergic agonist        activity);-   (18) Antiarrhythmic agents such as the following types:    -   Type I (sodium channel blockers): Quinidine, Lidocaine,        Phenytoin, Propafenone    -   Type III (potassium channel blockers): Amiodarone, Dofetilide,        Sotalol    -   Type V: Adenosine, Digoxin-   (19) Diuretics such as: Thiazide diuretics, e.g., Chlorothiazide,    Chlorthalidone, and Hydrochlorothiazide, Bendroflumethiazide,    Cyclopenthiazide, Methyclothiazide, Polythiazide , Quinethazone,    Xipamide, Metolazone, Indapamide, Cicletanine; Loop diuretics, such    as Furosemide and Toresamide; potassium-sparing diuretics such as    Amiloride, Spironolactone, Canrenoate potassium, Eplerenone and    Triamterene; combinations of these agents; other diuretics such as    Acetazolamid and Carperitide-   (20a) Direct acting vasodilators such as Hydralazine hydrochloride,    Diazoxide, Sodium nitroprusside, Cadralazine; other vasodilators    such as Isosorbide dinitrate and Isosorbide 5-mononitrate;-   (20b) Exogenous vasodilators such as:    -   Adenocard®, an adenosine agonist, primarily used as an        anti-arrhythmic;    -   Alpha blockers (which block the vasoconstricting effect of        adrenaline):-   Alpha-1-adrenoceptor antagonists such as Prazosin, Indoramin,    Urapidil, Bunazosin, Terazosin, Doxazosin    -   Atrial natriuretic peptide (ANP);    -   Ethanol;    -   Histamine-inducers, which complement proteins C3a, C4a and C5a        work by triggering histamine release from mast cells and        basophil granulocytes;    -   Tetrahydrocannabinol (THC), major active chemical in marijuana        which has minor vasodilatory effects;    -   Papaverine, an alkaloid found in the opium poppy papaver        somniferum;b-   (21) Bronchodilators: there are two major types of bronchodilator,    β₂ agonists and anticholinergics, exemplified below:    -   β₂ agonists: Salbutamol® or albuterol (common brand name:        Ventolin) and Terbutaline® are short acting β₂ agonists for        rapid relief of COPD symptoms. Long acting β₂ agonists (LABAs)        such as Salmeterol® and Formoterol®;    -   anticholinergics: Ipratropium® is the most widely prescribed        short acting anticholinergic drug. Tiotropium® is the most        commonly prescribed long-acting anticholinergic drug in COPD;    -   Theophylline®, a bronchodilator and phosphodiesterase inhibitor;-   (22) Corticosteroids: such as beclomethasone, methylprednisolone,    betamethasone, prednisone, prenisolone, triamcinolone,    dexamethasone, fluticasone, flunisolide and hydrocortisone, and    corticosteroid analogs such as budesonide-   (23) Dietary supplements such as, for example: omega-3 oils; folid    acid, niacin, zinc, copper, Korean red ginseng root, ginkgo, pine    bark, Tribulus terrestris, arginine, Avena sativa, horny goat weed,    maca root, muira puama, saw palmetto, and Swedish flower pollen;    Vitamin C, Vitamin E, Vitamin K2; Testosterone supplements,    Testosterone transdermal patch; Zoraxel, Naltrexone, Bremelanotide    (formerly PT-141), Melanotan II, hMaxi-K; Prelox: a Proprietary    mix/combination of naturally occurring ingredients, L-arginine    aspartate and Pycnogenol;-   (24) PGD2 receptor antagonists including, but not limited to,    compounds described as having PGD2 antagonizing activity in United    States Published Applications US20020022218, US20010051624, and    US20030055077, PCT Published Applications WO9700853, WO9825919,    WO03066046, WO03066047, WO03101961, WO03101981, WO04007451,    WO0178697, WO04032848, WO03097042, WO03097598, WO03022814,    WO03022813, and WO04058164, European Patent Applications EP945450    and EP944614, and those listed in: Torisu et al. 2004 Bioorg Med    Chem Lett 14:4557, Torisu et al. 2004 Bioorg Med Chem Lett 2004    14:4891, and Torisu et al. 2004 Bioorg & Med Chem 2004 12:4685;-   (25) Immunosuppressants such as cyclosporine (cyclosporine A,    Sandimmune® Neoral®), tacrolimus (FK-506, Prograf®), rapamycin    (sirolimus, Rapamune®) and other FK-506 type immunosuppressants, and    mycophenolate, e.g., mycophenolate mofetil (CellCept®);-   (26) Non-steroidal anti-asthmatics such as β2-agonists (e.g.,    terbutaline, metaproterenol, fenoterol, isoetharine, albuterol,    salmeterol, bitolterol and pirbuterol) and β2-agonist-corticosteroid    combinations (e.g., salmeterol-fluticasone (Advair®),    formoterol-budesonid (Symbicort®)), theophylline, cromolyn, cromolyn    sodium, nedocromil, atropine, ipratropium, ipratropium bromide,    leukotriene biosynthesis inhibitors (zileuton, BAY1005);-   (27) Non-steroidal anti-inflammatory agents (NSAIDs) such as    propionic acid derivatives (e.g., alminoprofen, benoxaprofen,    bucloxic acid, carprofen, fenbufen, fenoprofen, fluprofen,    flurbiprofen, ibuprofen, indoprofen, ketoprofen, miroprofen,    naproxen, oxaprozin, pirprofen, pranoprofen, suprofen, tiaprofenic    acid and tioxaprofen), acetic acid derivatives (e.g., indomethacin,    acemetacin, alclofenac, clidanac, diclofenac, fenclofenac, fenclozic    acid, fentiazac, furofenac, ibufenac, isoxepac, oxpinac, sulindac,    tiopinac, tolmetin, zidometacin and zomepirac), fenamic acid    derivatives (e.g., flufenamic acid, meclofenamic acid, mefenamic    acid, niflumic acid and tolfenamic acid), biphenylcarboxylic acid    derivatives (e.g., diflunisal and flufenisal), oxicams (e.g.,    isoxicam, piroxicam, sudoxicam and tenoxican), salicylates (e.g.,    acetyl salicylic acid and sulfasalazine) and the pyrazolones (e.g.,    apazone, bezpiperylon, feprazone, mofebutazone, oxyphenbutazone and    phenylbutazone);-   (28) Cyclooxygenase-2 (COX-2) inhibitors such as celecoxib    (Celebrex®), rofecoxib (Vioxx®), valdecoxib, etoricoxib, parecoxib    and lumiracoxib; (opioid analgesics such as codeine, fentanyl,    hydromorphone, levorphanol, meperidine, methadone, morphine,    oxycodone, oxymorphone, propoxyphene, buprenorphine, butorphanol,    dezocine, nalbuphine and pentazocine; and-   (29) Anti-diabetic agents such as insulin and insulin mimetics,    sulfonylureas (e.g., Glyburide, Glybenclamide, Glipizide,    Gliclazide, Gliquidone, Glimepiride, Meglinatide, Tolbutamide,    Chlorpropamide, Acetohexamide, Tolazamide), biguanides, e.g.,    metformin (Glucophage®), a-glucosidase inhibitors (such as Acarbose,    Epalrestat, Voglibose, Miglitol), thiazolidinone compounds, e.g.,    rosiglitazone (Avandia®), troglitazone (Rezulin®), ciglitazone,    pioglitazone (Actos®) and englitazone; insulin sensitizers such as    Pioglitazone and Rosiglitazone; Insulin secretagogues such as    Repaglinide, Nateglinide and Mitiglinide; Incretin mimetics such as    Exanatide and Liraglutide; Amylin analogues such as Pramlintide;    glucose lowering agents such as Chromiumm picolinate (optinally    combined with biotin); dipeptidyl peptidase IV inhibitors such as    Sitagliptin, Vildagliptin, Saxagliptin, Alogliptin and Linagliptin;    vaccines currently being developed for the treatment of diabetes;    AVE-0277, Alum-GAD, BHT-3021, IBC-VS01; cytokine targeted therapies    in development for the treatment of diabetes such as Anakinra,    Canakinumab, Diacerein,Gevokizumab, LY-2189102, MABP-1, GIT-027;    drugs in development for the treatment of diabetes:

Drugs in development for the treatment of diabetes Drug NameOrganization Mechanism of Action Status DapagliflozinAstraZeneca/Bristol- SGLT-2 Inhibitors Recommended Myers Squibb ApprovalAlogliptin Takeda Insulin Sensitizers/ Pre-Registered benzoate/metforminDipeptidyl Peptidase hydrochloride IV (CD26; DPP-IV; DP-IV) InhibitorsAnagliptin Kowa/Sanwa Dipeptidyl Peptidase Pre-Registered IV (CD26;DPP-IV; DP-IV) Inhibitors Insulin degludec Novo Nordisk Pre-RegisteredInsulin degludec/insulin Novo Nordisk Pre-Registered aspart Insulinhuman (rDNA MannKind Pre-Registered origin) inhalation powderLixisenatide Sanofi Insulin Pre-Registered Secretagogues/GLP- 1 ReceptorAgonists Recombinant human Biodel Pre-Registered insulin TeneligliptinMitsubishi Tanabe Dipeptidyl Peptidase Pre-Registered Pharma IV (CD26;DPP-IV; DP-IV) Inhibitors AVE-0277 Andromeda Biotech/ Phase III TevaAlbiglutide GlaxoSmithKline GLP-1 Receptor Phase III AgonistsAleglitazar Roche PPARalpha Agonists/ Phase III PPARgamma AgonistsAtorvastatin GlaxoSmithKline K(ATP) Channel Phase IIIcalcium/glimepiride Blockers/Dipeptidyl Peptidase IV (CD26; DPP-IV;DP-IV) Inhibitors/HMG-CoA Reductase Inhibitors/ TNFSF6 ExpressionInhibitors BYK-324677 Nycomed Phase III Balaglitazone Dr. Reddy'sInsulin Sensitizers/ Phase III Laboratories PPARgamma Partial AgonistsCSG-452 Chugai SGLT-2 Inhibitors Phase III Pharmaceutical CanagliflozinJohnson & Johnson/ SGLT-2 Inhibitors Phase III Mitsubishi Tanabe PharmaCanagliflozin/metformin Johnson & Johnson SGLT-2 Inhibitors/ Phase IIIhydrochloride Insulin Sensitizers Dapagliflozin/MetforminAstraZeneca/Bristol- SGLT-2 Inhibitors/ Phase III hydrochloride MyersSquibb Insulin Sensitizers Dulaglutide Lilly Insulin Phase IIISecretagogues/GLP-1 Receptor Agonists Empagliflozin BoehringerIngelheim/ SGLT-2 Inhibitors Phase III Lilly Empagliflozin/linagliptinBoehringer Ingelheim/ SGLT-2 Inhibitors/ Phase III Lilly DipeptidylPeptidase IV (CD26; DPP-IV; DP-IV) Inhibitors Gemigliptin LG LifeSciences Dipeptidyl Peptidase Phase III IV (CD26; DPP-IV; DP-IV)Inhibitors Hepatic-directed vesicle Diasome Phase III insulinPharmaceuticals Human isophane insulin Wockhardt Phase III IN-105 BioconPhase III Insulin Novo Nordisk Insulin Phase III degludec/liraglutideSecretagogues/GLP-1 Receptor Agonists Insulin glargine Sanofi Phase IIIIpragliflozin L-proline Astellas Pharma/ SGLT-2 Inhibitors Phase IIIKotobuki LY-2605541 Lilly Phase III LY-2963016 Lilly Phase IIILixisenatide/Insulin Sanofi Insulin Phase III glargineSecretagogues/GLP-1 Receptor Agonists Lobeglitazone sulfate Chong KunDang PPARalpha Agonists/ Phase III Pharm (CKD Pharm) PPARgammaAgonists/Insulin Sensitizers Luseogliflozin Taisho SGLT-2 InhibitorsPhase III Otelixizumab Tolerx Anti-CD3 Phase III Ranolazine GileadSodium Channel Phase III Blockers Recombinant human National Instituteof Phase III insulin Health Sciences Sitagliptin phosphate Merck & Co.PPARgamma Phase III monohydrate/pioglitazone Agonists/Insulinhydrochloride Sensitizers/ Dipeptidyl Peptidase IV (CD26; DPP-IV; DP-IV)Inhibitors Sitagliptin/atorvastatin Merck & Co. Dipeptidyl PeptidasePhase III calcium IV (CD26; DPP-IV; DP-IV) Inhibitors/ HMG-CoA ReductaseInhibitors/TNFSF6 Expression Inhibitors TAK-875 Takeda Free Fatty AcidPhase III Receptor 1 (FFAR1; GPR40) Agonists/ Insulin SecretagoguesTT-401 7TM Pharma Cannabinoid CB1 Phase I Antagonists TT-401 TransitionPhase I Therapeutics ZYH-2 Cadila Healthcare PPARalpha Ligands/ Phase I(d/b/a Zydus Cadila) PPARgamma Ligands ZYO-1 Cadila HealthcareCannabinoid CB1 Phase I (d/b/a Zydus Cadila) Antagonists 701645 CellonisPhase I Biotechnologies 701499 Cellonis Phase I Biotechnologies 743300University of Phase I California, San Francisco 448661 University ofPhase I Pittsburgh AD-1 National Institute Clinical Pharma Res DevColesevelam Daiichi Sankyo Bile Acid Clinical hydrochloride SequestrantsDBPR-108 National Health IND Filed Research Institutes/ ScinoPharmNodlin Biolaxy IND Filed PSN-491 Prosidion Glucose-Dependent IND FiledInsulinotropic Receptor (GDIR, GPR119) Agonists/ Dipeptidyl Peptidase IV(CD26; DPP-IV; DP-IV) Inhibitors Tolimidone Melior Discovery Lyn KinaseActivators IND Filed ZYD-1 Cadila Healthcare GLP-1 Receptor IND Filed(d/b/a Zydus Cadila) Agonists ZYOG-1 Cadila Healthcare GLP-1 ReceptorIND Filed (d/b/a Zydus Cadila) Agonists

-   (30) HDL cholesterol-increasing agents such as Anacetrapib, MK-524A,    CER-001, DRL-17822, Dalcetrapib, JTT-302, RVX-000222, TA-8995;-   (31) Antiobesity drugs such as Methamphetamine hydrochloride,    Amfepramone hydrochloride (Tenuate®), Phentermine (Ionamin®),    Benzfetamine hydrochloride (Didrex®), Phendimetrazine tartrate    (Bontril®, Prelu-2®, Plegine®), Mazindol (Sanorex®), Orlistat    (Xenical®), Sibutramine hydrochloride monohydrate (Meridia®,    Reductil®), Rimonabant (Acomplia®), Amfepramone, Chromium    picolinate, RM-493, TZP-301; combination such as    Phentermine/Topiramate, Bupropion/Naltrexone, Sibutramine/Metformin,    Bupropion SR/Zonisamide SR, Salmeterol, xinafoate/fluticasone    propionate; Lorcaserin hydrochloride, Phentermine/topiramate,    Bupropion/naltrexone, Cetilistat, Exenatide, KI-0803, Liraglutide,    Metformin hydrochloride, Sibutramine/Metformin, 876167, ALS-L-1023,    Bupropion SR/Zonisamide SR, CORT-108297, Canagliflozin, Chromium    picolinate, GSK-1521498, LY-377604, Metreleptin, Obinepitide,    P-57AS3, PSN-821, Salmeterol xinafoate/fluticasone propionate,    Sodium tungstate, Somatropin (recombinant), TM-30339, TTP-435,    Tesamorelin, Tesofensine, Velneperit, Zonisamide, BMS-830216,    ALB-127158, AP-1030, ATHX-105, AZD-2820, AZD-8329, Beloranib    hemioxalate, CP-404, HPP-404, ISIS-FGFR4Rx, Insulinotropin,    KD-3010PF, 05212389, PP-1420, PSN-842, Peptide YY3-36, Resveratrol,    S-234462; S-234462, Sobetirome, TM-38837, Tetrahydrocannabivarin,    ZYO-1, beta-Lapachone;-   32) Angiotensin receptor blockers such as Losartan, Valsartan,    Candesartan cilexetil, Eprosaran, Irbesartan, Telmisartan,    Olmesartran medoxomil, Azilsartan medoxomil;-   (33) Renin inhibitors such as Aliskiren hemifumirate;-   (34) Centrally acting alpha-2-adrenoceptor agonists such as    Methyldopa, Clonidine, Guanfacine;-   (35) Adrenergic neuron blockers such as Guanethidine, Guanadrel;-   (36) Imidazoline I-1 receptor agonists such as Rimenidine dihydrogen    phosphate and Moxonidine hydrochloride hydrate;-   (37) Aldosterone antagonists such as Spironolactone and Eplerenone-   (38) Potassium channel activators such as Pinacidil-   (39) Dopamine D1 agonists such as Fenoldopam mesilate; Other    dopamine agonists such as Ibopamine, Dopexamine and Docarpamine;-   (40) 5-HT2 antagonists such as Ketanserin;-   (41) Drugs that are currently being developed for the treatment of    arterial hypertension:

Drug Name Organization Mechanism of Action Status Azilsartan TakedaAngiotensin AT1 Registered Antagonists/ Angiotensin AT2 Antagonists/Insulin Sensitizers Amlodipine besylate/irbesartan Dainippon SumitomoAngiotensin AT1 Pre-Registered Pharma Antagonists/ Calcium ChannelBlockers Azilsartan/amlodipine besilate Takeda Angiotensin AT1 Phase IIIAntagonists/ Insulin Sensitizers/ Calcium Channel BlockersCilnidipine/valsartan Ajinomoto/Mochida Angiotensin AT1 Phase IIIAntagonists/ Calcium Channel Blockers Fimasartan Boryung Angiotensin AT1Phase III Antagonists Irbesartan/atorvastatin Hanmi Angiotensin AT1Phase III Antagonists/ Dipeptidyl Peptidase IV (CD26; DPP-IV; DP-IV)Inhibitors/HMG- CoA Reductase Inhibitors/ TNFSF6 Expression InhibitorsIrbesartan/trichlormethiazide Shionogi Angiotensin AT1 Phase IIIAntagonists Losartan Merck & Co. Angiotensin AT1 Phase IIIpotassium/hydrochlorothiazide/ Antagonists/ amlodipine besylate CalciumChannel Blockers Pratosartan Boryung Angiotensin AT1 Phase IIIAntagonists ACT-280778 Actelion Phase II Amiloride HemodynamicMineralocorticoid Phase II hydrochloride/spironolactone TherapeuticsReceptor (MR) Antagonists/ Na+/H+ Exchanger (NHE) Inhibitors/ EpithelialSodium Channels (ENaC) Blockers/ K(V)1.5 Channel Blockers/ K(V)4.3Channel Blockers Angiotensin vaccine/CoVaccine HT BTG Phase IICYT006-AngQb Cytos Biotechnology Anti-Angiotensin Phase II IICholecalciferol Emory University Phase II Cobiprostone Sucampo CIC-2Channel Phase II Pharmaceuticals Activators INT-001 IntelGenx Phase IILCZ-696 Novartis Angiotensin AT1 Phase II Antagonists/ Neprilysin(Enkephalinase, Neutral Endopeptidase, NEP) Inhibitors LFF-269 NovartisPhase II Octreotide acetate Chiasma Growth Hormone Phase II ReleaseInhibitors/ Somatostatin Agonists PL-3994 Palatin Technologies AtrialNatriuretic Phase II Peptide A (NPR1; Guanylate Cyclase A) ReceptorAgonists Rostafuroxine Sigma-Tau Phase II SLx-2101 NT Life SciencesPhosphodiesterase Phase II V (PDE5A) Inhibitors TBC-3711 EncysiveEndothelin ETA Phase II Pharmaceuticals Receptor Antagonists UdenafilDong-A/Falk Pharma Phosphodiesterase Phase II V (PDE5A) InhibitorsAtorvastatin calcium/losartan HanAll BioPharma Angiotensin AT1 Phase Ipotassium Antagonists/ Dipeptidyl Peptidase IV (CD26; DPP-IV; DP-IV)Inhibitors/HMG- CoA Reductase Inhibitors/ TNFSF6 Expression InhibitorsBIA-5-1058 BIAL Dopamine beta- Phase I monooxygenase Inhibitors CS-3150Daiichi Sankyo Phase I DSP-9599 Dainippon Sumitomo Renin InhibitorsPhase I Pharma MK-1597 Actelion/Merck & Co. Renin Inhibitors Phase IMK-4618 Merck & Co. Phase I MK-5478 Merck & Co. Phase I MK-7145 Merck &Co. Phase I MK-8266 Merck & Co. Phase I MK-8457 Merck & Co. Phase IMP-157 Mitsubishi Tanabe Angiotensin AT2 Phase I Pharma Agonists MT-3995Mitsubishi Tanabe Mineralocorticoid Phase I Pharma Receptor (MR)Antagonists Mirodenafil hydrochloride SK Chemicals PhosphodiesterasePhase I V (PDE5A) Inhibitors NV-04 Novogen Antioxidants Phase INifedipine/Candesartan cilexetil Bayer Angiotensin AT1 Phase IAntagonists/ Calcium Channel Blockers/ Antioxidants QGC-001 QuantumGenomics Glutamyl Phase I Aminopeptidase (Aminopeptidase A) InhibitorsRDX-5791 Ardelyx Na+/H+ Phase I Exchanger type 3 (NHE-3) InhibitorsTAK-272 Takeda Renin Inhibitors Phase I TAK-591 Takeda Angiotensin AT2Phase I Antagonists VTP-27999 Vitae Pharmaceuticals Renin InhibitorsPhase I Vasomera PhaseBio VPAC2 (VIP2) Phase I Agonists Tylerdipinehydrochloride Sihuan Calicum Channel IND Filed Pharmaceutical Blockers

-   (42) Vasopressin antagonists such as Tolvaptan;-   (43) Calcium channel sensitizers such as Levosimendan or activators    such as Nicorandil;-   (44) PDE-3 inhibitors such as Amrinone, Milrinone, Enoximone,    Vesnarinone, Pimobendan, Olprinone;-   (45) Adenylate cyclase activators such as Colforsin dapropate    hydrochloride;-   (46) Positive inotropic agents such as Digoxin and Metildigoxin;    metabolic cardiotonic agents such as Ubidecarenone; brain naturetic    peptides such as Nesiritide;-   (47) Drugs that are currently in development for the treatment of    heart failure:

Drugs in development for the treatment of heart failure Drug NameOrganization Mechanism of Action Status Bucindolol ARCAbeta-Adrenoceptor Pre-Registered hydrochloride Antagonists AliskirenNovartis Renin Inhibitors Phase III hemifumarate Ferric Vifor Phase IIIcarboxymaltose LCZ-696 Novartis Angiotensin AT1 Phase IIIAntagonists/Neprilysin (Enkephalinase, Neutral Endopeptidase, NEP)Inhibitors Neuregulin-1 Zensun Phase III Olmesartan Tohoku UniversityAngiotensin AT1 Phase III medoxomil Antagonists C3BS-CQR-1 Cardio3BioSciences Phase II/III MyoCell Bioheart Phase II/III SerelaxinNovartis Phase II/III AAV1/SERCA2a AmpliPhi Biosciences/ Phase IICelladon/Mount Sinai School of Medicine Albiglutide GlaxoSmithKlineGLP-1 Receptor Phase II Agonists Allogeneic Mesoblast Phase IImesenchymal precursor cells AlsterMACS Miltenyi Biotec Phase IIBAY-94-8862 Bayer Mineralocorticoid Phase II Receptor (MR) AntagonistsCOR-1 Corimmun Phase II CXL-1020 Cardioxyl Nitric Oxide Donors Phase IIPharmaceuticals Cenderitide Nile Therapeutics Guanylate Cyclase Phase IIActivators Endometrial ERCell/Medistem Phase II regenerative cellsJNJ-39588146 Johnson & Johnson Phase II Omecamtiv Amgen/CytokineticsCardiac Myosin Phase II mecarbil Activators PL-3994 Palatin TechnologiesAtrial Natriuretic Phase II Peptide A (NPR1; Guanylate Cyclase A)Receptor Agonists Remestemcel-L Osiris Phase II TRV-120027 TrevenaAngiotensin AT1 Phase II Receptor Ligands Urocortin 2 Neurocrine CRF2Agonists Phase II Biosciences AAV6-CMV- Imperial College Phase I/IISERCA2a Anakinra National Institutes of IL-1 Receptor Phase I/II Health(NIH) Antagonists LipiCell Bioheart/Instituto de Phase I/II MedicinaRegenerativa ALD-201 Cytomedix/Texas Phase I Heart Institute BAY-1021189Bayer Phase I BAY-1067197 Bayer Adenine Receptor Phase I AgonistsBAY-86-8050 Bayer Drugs Acting on Phase I Vasopressin (AVP) ReceptorsBIA-5-1058 BIAL Dopamine beta- Phase I monooxygenase Inhibitors CSCsUniversity of Phase I Louisville Calcitonin gene VasoGenix Phase Irelated peptide JVS-100 Juventas Phase I Therapeutics MyoCell SDF-1Bioheart Phase I Myoblast Advanced Cell Phase I Technology (ACT)RO-1160367 Serodus 5-HT4 Antagonists Phase I RecombinantAcorda/Vanderbilt Phase I human glial University growth factor 2[18F]LMI-1195 Lantheus Medical Phase I Imaging 677950 Kyoto PrefecturalPhase I University of Medicine

-   (48) Drugs currently in develonment for the treatment of nulmonary    hvnertension:

Drugs in development for the treatment of pulmonary hypertension DrugName Organization Mechanism of Action Status Imatinib Novartis BreastCancer-Resistant Protein (BCRP; Pre-Registered mesylate ABCG2)Inhibitors/Abl Kinase Inhibitors/ Angiogenesis Inhibitors/Bcr-Abl KinaseInhibitors/CSF1R (c-FMS) Inhibitors/KIT (C-KIT) Inhibitors/ApoptosisInducers/ PDGFRalpha Inhibitors/PDGFRbeta Inhibitors/Inhibitors ofSignal Transduction Pathways Treprostinil United Prostacyclin AnalogsPre-Registered diethanolamine Therapeutics GSK-1325760A GlaxoSmithKlinePhase III Macitentan Actelion Endothelin ETA Receptor Antagonists/ PhaseIII Endothelin ETB Receptor Antagonists Riociguat Bayer GuanylateCyclase Activators Phase III Selexipag Actelion/Nippon Prostanoid IPAgonists Phase III Shinyaku Udenafil Dong-A Phosphodiesterase V (PDE5A)Inhibitors Phase III L-Citrulline Nat Heart, Lung, Phase II/III andBlood Institute/ Vanderbilt University BQ-123 Brigham & Endothelin ETAReceptor Antagonists Phase II Women's Hospital Cicletanine Gilead PhaseII Fasudil Asahi Kasei Rho Kinase Inhibitors/Calcium Phase IIhydrochloride Sensitizers Nilotinib Novartis Bcr-Abl KinaseInhibitors/Apoptosis Phase II hydrochloride Inducers/Inhibitors ofSignal monohydrate Transduction Pathways PRX-08066 Clinical Data 5-HT2BAntagonists Phase II Terguride ErgoNex 5-HT2A Antagonists/5-HT2B PhaseII Pharma Antagonists/Dopamine Autoreceptor Agonists/Dopamine D2Receptor Partial Agonists/Prolactin Secretion Inhibitors TezosentanActelion Endothelin ETA Receptor Antagonists/ Phase II disodiumEndothelin ETB Receptor Antagonists Anakinra Virginia IL-1 ReceptorAntagonists Phase I/II Commonwealth University (VCU) SimvastatinImperial College HDL-Cholesterol Increasing Agents/ Phase I/II HMG-CoAReductase Inhibitors 99mTC- Montreal Heart Phase I PulmoBind Institute(MHI) APD-811 Arena Prostanoid IP Agonists Phase I Sorafenib Bayer Rafkinase B Inhibitors/Raf kinase C Phase I Inhibitors/AngiogenesisInhibitors/Flt3 (FLK2/STK1) Inhibitors/VEGFR-1 (Flt-1) Inhibitors/KIT(C-KIT) Inhibitors/ VEGFR-2 (FLK-1/KDR) Inhibitors/VEGFR- 3 (FLT4)Inhibitors/PDGFRbeta Inhibitors/RET Inhibitors/Inhibitors of SignalTransduction Pathways Triplelastat Proteo Biotech Elastase InhibitorsPhase I 2586881 Apeiron Preclinical Biologics C-122 Corridor Caspase 3Activators/Dopamine D1 Preclinical Pharmaceuticals Antagonists/5-HT2BAntagonists/5-HT7 Antagonists/Caspase 8 Activators/ Dopamine D2Antagonists/Dopamine D3 Antagonists/Histamine H1 ReceptorAntagonists/Caspase 9 Activators/ Apoptosis Inducers PLX-I UnitedAngiogenesis Inducers Preclinical Therapeutics

-   (49) Drugs in current development for the treatment of female sexual    dysfunction:

Drugs in active development for the treatment of female sexualdysfunction Mechanism Drug Name Organization of Action StatusAlprostadil Apricus Phase III Biosciences/ VIVUS Prasterone EndoCeutics/HSD11B1 Phase III Monash Expression University Inhibitors TestosteroneBioSante Androgen Phase III transdermal gel Receptor AgonistsBremelanotide Palatin Melanocortin Phase II Technologies MC3 ReceptorAgonists/ Melanocortin MC4 Receptor Agonists Pill-Plus Pantarhei PhaseII Bioscience Testosterone MDTS Acrux Androgen Phase II ReceptorAgonists Estradiol/testosterone BioSante Estrogen Phase I Receptor (ER)Agonists/ Androgen Receptor Agonists LGD-2941 Ligand Selective Phase IAndrogen Receptor Modulators (SARM) Lidocaine/heparin Urigen Phase IOnabotulinumtoxinA Allergan Phase I S1P-104 S1 Biopharma IND FiledPL-6983 Palatin Preclinical Technologies S1P-401 S1 BiopharmaPreclinical

-   (50) Drugs used for the treatment of erectile dysfunction such as    Alprostadil, Aviptadil, Phentolamine mesilate, Weige, Alprostadil;-   (51) Drugs currently in development for the treatment of male sexual    dysfunction:

Drugs in active development for the treatment of erectile dysfunctionMechanism of Drug Name Organization Action Status Fluvastatin NovartisApoptosis Phase III sodium Inducers/HMG- CoA Reductase InhibitorsLodenafil Cristalia Phosphodiesterase Phase III carbonate V (PDE5A)Inhibitors EFLA-400 Chonbuk Phase II/III National University HospitalApomorphine Vectura Dopamine D2 Phase II hydrochloride AgonistsLY-900010 Lilly Phosphodiesterase Phase II V (PDE5A) Inhibitors/Selective Androgen Receptor Modulators (SARM) Nitroglycerin FuturaMedical Phase II RX-10100 Rexahn Drugs Acting on Phase II DopaminergicTransmission/ Drugs Acting on Serotonergic Transmission YHD-1023 YuhanPhase II INT-007 IntelGenx Phase I LY-2452473 Lilly Selective Phase IAndrogen Receptor Modulators (SARM) hMaxi-K Albert Einstein Phase ICollege of Medicine/Ion Channel Innovations/ Mount Sinai School ofMedicine KH-204 KMSI Clinical CKD-533 Chong Kun Dang PhosphodiesterasePreclinical Pharm (CKD V (PDE5A) Pharm) Inhibitors MP-52 BiopharmPreclinical TGHW01AP Fabre-Kramer Dopamine D1 Preclinical Agonists/Dopamine D2 Agonists

-   (51) Drugs in development for the treatment of sleep apnea:

Drugs in development for the treatment of sleep apnea Mechanism of DrugName Organization Action Status CX-1739 Cortex AMPA Receptor Phase IIModulators Phentermine/topiramate VIVUS AMPA Phase II Antagonists/Kainate Antagonists/ Sodium Channel Blockers/ Carbonic Anhydrase Type IIInhibitors AVE-0118 Sanofi Potassium Phase I Channel Blockers SuvorexantMerck & Co. Orexin Receptor Phase I Antagonists COL-132 CollegiumClinical Pharmaceutical

-   (52) Drugs currently in development for the treatment of metabolic    syndrome:

Drug Name Organization Mechanism of Action Status Antiobesity drugsunder active development for the treatment of patients with metabolicsyndrome Chromium University of Phase II picolinate Pennsylvania RM-493Ipsen Melanocortin MC4 XPreclinical Receptor Agonists TZP-301 TranzymeGHS Receptor Preclinical Antagonists Antihyperlipidemic drugs underactive development for the treatment of patients with metabolic syndromeGFT-505 Genfit PPARalpha Phase II Agonists/ PPARdelta Agonists MBX-8025Metabolex PPARdelta Phase II Agonists Pitavastatin Kowa APOA1 Phase Icalcium Expression Enhancers/ HMG-CoA Reductase Inhibitors/ SPP1(Osteopontin) Expression Inhibitors CDX-085 Cardax AntioxidantsPreclinical Pharmaceuticals

-   (53) Antiobesity drugs:

Drugs marketed for the treatment of obesity Mechanism of Year andcountry Drug Name Organization Action of first launch MethamphetamineAbbott Noradrenergic, alpha- 1943 (U.S.) hydrochloride and beta-(Desoxyn) adrenoceptor agonist Amfepramone Sanofi Noradrenergic release1959 (U.S.) hydrochloride stimulant (Tenuate) Phentermine UCB CelltechNoradrenergic release 1959 (U.S.) (Ionamin) stimulant BenzfetaminePfizer Noradrenergic release 1960 (U.S.) hydrochloride stimulant(Didrex) Phendimetrazine Pfizer Noradrenergic release 1961 (U.S.)tartrate (Bontril, stimulant Prelu-2, Plegine) Mazindol (Sanorex)Novartis Noradrenergic 1973 (U.S.) reuptake inhibitor Orlistat (Xenical)Roche Pancreatic lipase 1998 (New Zealand) inhibitor Sibutramine AbbottNorepinephrine and 5- 1998 (U.S.) (withdrawn hydrochloride HT reuptakeinhibitor 2010) monohydrate (Meridia, Reductil) Rimonabant SanofiCannabinoid CB1 2006 (U.K.) (withdrawn (Acomplia) antagonist 2008)

Kits

The compounds and pharmaceutical formulations described herein may becontained in a kit. The kit may include single or multiple doses of twoor more agents, each packaged or formulated individually, or single ormultiple doses of two or more agents packaged or formulated incombination. Thus, one or more agents can be present in first container,and the kit can optionally include one or more agents in a secondcontainer. The container or containers are placed within a package, andthe package can optionally include administration or dosageinstructions. A kit can include additional components such as syringesor other means for administering the agents as well as diluents or othermeans for formulation. Thus, the kits can comprise: a) a pharmaceuticalcomposition comprising a compound described herein and apharmaceutically acceptable carrier, vehicle or diluent; and b) acontainer or packaging. The kits may optionally comprise instructionsdescribing a method of using the pharmaceutical compositions in one ormore of the methods described herein (e.g. preventing or treating one ormore of the diseases and disorders described herein). The kit mayoptionally comprise a second pharmaceutical composition comprising oneor more additional agents described herein for co therapy use, apharmaceutically acceptable carrier, vehicle or diluent. Thepharmaceutical composition comprising the compound described herein andthe second pharmaceutical composition contained in the kit may beoptionally combined in the same pharmaceutical composition.

A kit includes a container or packaging for containing thepharmaceutical compositions and may also include divided containers suchas a divided bottle or a divided foil packet. The container can be, forexample a paper or cardboard box, a glass or plastic bottle or jar, are-sealable bag (for example, to hold a “refill” of tablets forplacement into a different container), or a blister pack with individualdoses for pressing out of the pack according to a therapeutic schedule.It is feasible that more than one container can be used together in asingle package to market a single dosage form. For example, tablets maybe contained in a bottle which is in turn contained within a box.

An example of a kit is a so-called blister pack. Blister packs are wellknown in the packaging industry and are being widely used for thepackaging of pharmaceutical unit dosage forms (tablets, capsules, andthe like). Blister packs generally consist of a sheet of relativelystiff material covered with a foil of a preferably transparent plasticmaterial. During the packaging process, recesses are formed in theplastic foil. The recesses have the size and shape of individual tabletsor capsules to be packed or may have the size and shape to accommodatemultiple tablets and/or capsules to be packed. Next, the tablets orcapsules are placed in the recesses accordingly and the sheet ofrelatively stiff material is sealed against the plastic foil at the faceof the foil which is opposite from the direction in which the recesseswere formed. As a result, the tablets or capsules are individuallysealed or collectively sealed, as desired, in the recesses between theplastic foil and the sheet. Preferably the strength of the sheet is suchthat the tablets or capsules can be removed from the blister pack bymanually applying pressure on the recesses whereby an opening is formedin the sheet at the place of the recess. The tablet or capsule can thenbe removed via said opening.

It may be desirable to provide written memory aid containing informationand/or instructions for the physician, pharmacist or subject regardingwhen the medication is to be taken. A “daily dose” can be a singletablet or capsule or several tablets or capsules to be taken on a givenday. When the kit contains separate compositions, a daily dose of one ormore compositions of the kit can consist of one tablet or capsule whilea daily dose of another or more compositions of the kit can consist ofseveral tablets or capsules. A kit can take the form of a dispenserdesigned to dispense the daily doses one at a time in the order of theirintended use. The dispenser can be equipped with a memory-aid, so as tofurther facilitate compliance with the regimen. An example of such amemory-aid is a mechanical counter which indicates the number of dailydoses that have been dispensed. Another example of such a memory-aid isa battery-powered micro-chip memory coupled with a liquid crystalreadout, or audible reminder signal which, for example, reads out thedate that the last daily dose has been taken and/or reminds one when thenext dose is to be taken.

EXAMPLES

All references provided in the Examples are herein incorporated byreference. As used herein, all abbreviations, symbols and conventionsare consistent with those used in the contemporary scientificliterature. See, e.g. Janet S. Dodd, ed., The ACS Style Guide: A Manualfor Authors and Editors, 2^(nd) Ed., Washington, D.C.: American ChemicalSociety, 1997, herein incorporated in its entirety by reference.

Example 1 Syntheses of Compounds Intermediate 1 (Scheme 1)

Step 1. Preparation of A

To a solution of 1,3-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC, 23.0 g, 1.0 equiv.)in dichloromethane (200 ml), were added 4-dimethylaminopyridine (DMAP,13.6 g, 1.0 equiv.), o-fluorophenylacetic acid (17.2 g, 1.0 equiv.) andMeldrums acid (16.1 g, 1.0 equiv.). The mixture and the resultingprecipitate was removed by filtration. The filtrate was diluted withdichloromethane and washed with 1N HCl (100 ml). The organic layer wasdried, filtered and evaporated to give a solid. This was suspended inethanol and heated at reflux for 24 h. The mixture was concentratedunder vacuum. The resulting residue was purified by columnchromatography (0 to 30% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to give ethyl4-(2-fluorophenyl)-3-oxobutanoate (A, 19.1 g, 76% yield) as an orangeoil.

¹H NMR (500 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 7.26-7.33 (m, 1H), 7.22 (td, 1H),7.12-7.17 (m, 1H), 7.09 (t, 1H), 4.18-4.24 (m, 2H), 3.90 (s, 2H), 3.53(s, 2H), 1.27-1.32 (m, 3H).

Step 2. Preparation of B

A mixture of ethyl 4-(2-fluorophenyl)-3-oxobutanoate (A, 19.0 g, 1.0equiv.), ethyl orthoformate (42.3 ml, 3.0 equiv.) and acetic anhydride(12.8 ml, 1.6 equiv.) was heated at 100° C. for 24 h and thenconcentrated under vacuum to give a thick oil. The resulting residue wasdiluted in ethanol (85 ml) and cooled to 0° C. in an ice bath. To thismixture, was added, very slowly, hydrazine monohydrate (2.7 ml, 1.0equiv.). The mixture was stirred at rt for 2 h and thenconcentrated. Theresulting residue was purified by column chromatography (0 to 30% ethylacetate in hexanes) to give ethyl3-(2-fluorobenzyl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylate (B, 14.0 g, 66% yield) as adark red oil.

¹H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 7.93 (s, 1H), 7.18-7.26 (m, 3H),7.01-7.09 (m, 2H), 4.34 (s, 2H), 4.28 (q, 2H), 1.33 (t, 3H).

Step 3. Preparation of C and D

A mixture of ethyl 3-(2-fluorobenzyl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylate (12.6 g,1.0 equiv.), potassium carbonate (10.5 g, 1.5 equiv.) and4-methoxybenzyl chloride (7.2 ml, 1.1 mmol) in acetonitrile (60 ml) washeated at reflux for 24 h. The mixture was cooled and filtered. Thefiltrate was concentrated to give a thick oil. Purification of the oilby column chromatography (0 to 5% ethyl acetate in hexanes) gave ethyl3-(2-fluorobenzyl)-1-(4-methoxybenzyl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylate (C, 8.4g, 45% yield) as a clear oil. In addition, ethyl5-(2-fluorobenzyl)-1-(4-methoxybenzyl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylate (D, 4.2g, 23% yield) was also obtained as a side product as a clear oil. Sideproduct D was also used for the preparation of the final product(Intermediate-1) by an alternative route described below.

Ethyl 3-(2-fluorobenzyl)-1-(4-methoxybenzyl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylate(C): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 7.74 (s, 1H), 7.16-7.22 (m,2H), 7.06-7.16 (m, 2H), 6.94-7.04 (m, 2H), 6.88 (d, 2H), 5.17 (s, 2H),4.27 (s, 2H), 4.17 (q, 2H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 1.19 (t, 3H).

Ethyl 5-(2-fluorobenzyl)-1-(4-methoxybenzyl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylate(D): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 7.96 (s, 1H), 7.13-7.20 (m,1H), 7.02 (d, 1H), 6.94-6.99 (m, 3H), 6.84-6.91 (m, 1H), 6.75 (d, 2H),5.11 (s, 2H), 4.37 (s, 2H), 4.25 (q, 2H), 3.74 (s, 3H), 1.27 (q, 3H).

Step 4. Preparation of E 4.1: Synthesis of(3-(2-fluorobenzyl)-1-(4-methoxybenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)methanol

To a cold solution of ethyl3-(2-fluorobenzyl)-1-(4-methoxybenzyl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylate (C, 8.4g, 1.0 equiv.) in THF (114 ml) at 0° C., was added 2.0 M solution oflithium aluminum hydride in THF (11.4 ml, 1.0 equiv.). The mixture wasstirred at rt for 30 min. and cooled to 0° C. The mixture wassequentially quenched with 870_(1—)11 of water, 870 μl of 15% NaOH and2.5 ml of water. The precipitate formed was removed by filtration. Thefiltrate was concentrated under vacuum to give(3-(2-fluorobenzyl)-1-(4-methoxybenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)methanol (8.4 g,100% yield) as a clear oil. This compound was used in step 5.2 withoutfurther purification.

¹H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 7.24 (s, 1H), 7.13-7.20 (m, 4H),6.97-7.06 (m, 2H), 6.83-6.89 (m, 2H), 5.16 (s, 2H), 4.37 (s, 2H), 4.04(s, 2H), 3.78 (s, 3H).

4.2. Synthesis of E

A mixture of the crude(3-(2-fluorobenzyl)-1-(4-methoxybenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)methanol (8.4 g,1.0 equiv.), magnesium sulfate (4.3 g, 1.4 equiv.) and manganese dioxide(15.4 g, 6.9 equiv.) in dichloromethane (129 ml) was stirred at rt for24 h. The mixture was filtered through a funnel to remove insolublematerials. The filtrate was concentrated under vacuum to give3-(2-fluorobenzyl)-1-(4-methoxybenzyl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carbaldehyde (E,6.9 g, 82% yield) as a light yellow oil.

¹H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 9.77 (s, 1H), 7.69 (s, 1H),7.13-7.25 (m, 4H), 6.98-7.06 (m, 2H), 6.89 (d, 2H), 5.19 (s, 2H), 4.26(s, 2H), 3.80 (s, 3H).

Step 5. Preparation of F 5.1. Synthesis of3-(2-fluorobenzyl)-1-(4-methoxybenzyl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carbaldehyde oxime

A mixture containing3-(2-fluorobenzyl)-1-(4-methoxybenzyl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carbaldehyde (E,6.9 g, 1 equiv.), hydroxylamine hydrochloride (1.6 g, 1.1 equiv.) andsodium acetate (1.8 g, 1.0 equiv.) in a mixture of methanol (95 ml) andwater (11 ml) was heated at 50° C. for 3 h. The mixture was cooled to rtand concentrated under vacuum. The resulting residue was diluted inethyl acetate (100 ml) and washed with brine (50 ml). The organic layerwas dried, filtered and evaporated to give3-(2-fluorobenzyl)-1-(4-methoxybenzyl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carbaldehyde oxime(4.3 g, 60% yield) as a white solid. This material was used directly inthe following step (5.2) without additional purification.

¹H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 8.27 (s, 1H), 7.39 (s, 1H),7.15-7.23 (m, 3H), 7.10 (t, 1H), 6.97-7.06 (m, 2H), 6.87 (d, 2H),5.16-5.25 (m, 2H), 3.79 (s, 3H), 3.47 (s, 2H).

5.2. Synthesis of F

A mixture of3-(2-fluorobenzyl)-1-(4-methoxybenzyl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carbaldehyde oxime(4.3 g, 1.0 equiv.) and N-chlorosuccinimide (NCS, 1.8 g, 1.1 equiv.) inDMF (13 ml) was heated at 40° C. for 3 h. The mixture was cooled to rt.Then, it was diluted in ethyl acetate (200 ml) and washed with water (50ml×3). The organic layer was dried, filtered and evaporated to give anoil. Purification of the oil by column chromatography (0 to 20% ethylacetate in hexanes) gave3-(2-fluorobenzyl)-N-hydroxy-1-(4-methoxybenzyl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carbimidoylchloride (F, 4.0 g, 85% yield) as a yellow solid.

¹H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 7.58 (s, 1H), 7.19 (d, 2H),7.10-7.17 (m, 1H), 6.93-7.04 (m, 3H), 6.86-6.91 (m, 2H), 5.17 (s, 2H),4.19 (s, 2H), 3.79 (s, 3H).

Step 6. Preparation of G

A mixture of3-(2-fluorobenzyl)-N-hydroxy-1-(4-methoxybenzyl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carbimidoylchloride (F, 4.0 g, 1.0 equiv.), ethyl vinyl ether (2.3 ml, 2.2 equiv.)and sodium bicarbonate (1.3 g, 1.5 equiv) in 2-propanol (15 ml) washeated at 50° C. for 24 h. The precipitate was removed by filtration.The filtrate was concentrated under vacuum to give an oil. Purificationof the oil by column chromatography (0 to 100% ethyl acetate in hexanes)gave5-ethoxy-3-(3-(2-fluorobenzyl)-1-(4-methoxybenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-4,5-dihydroisoxazol e (G, 1.0 g, 23% yield) as a clear oil.

¹H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 7.42 (s, 1H) 7.14-7.24 (m, 4H)6.98-7.06 (m, 2H) 6.87-6.93 (m, 2H) 5.50-5.55 (m, 1H) 5.21 (s, 2H)4.23-4.37 (m, 2H) 3.84-3.91 (m, 1H) 3.83 (s, 3H) 3.49-3.59 (m, 1H) 3.20(dd, 1H) 2.93-2.99 (m, 1H) 1.27 (t, 3H).

Step 7. Synthesis of Intermediate 1

A mixture of5-ethoxy-3-(3-(2-fluorobenzyl)-1-(4-methoxybenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-4,5-dihydroisoxazole(G, 1.0 g, 1.0 equiv.) and 1.0 M solution of sodium hydroxide in water(2.4 ml, 1.0 equiv.) in ethanol (12 ml) was stirred at rt for 24 h. Themixture was concentrated under vacuum and thenit was diluted in ethylacetate (100 ml) and washed with 1N HCl (50 ml). The organic layer wasdried, filtered and evaporated to give an oil. Purification of the oilby column chromatography (0 to 80% ethyl acetate in hexanes) gaveIntermediate-1 (797 mg, 90% yield) as a clear oil.

¹H NMR (500 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 8.34 (br. s., 1H), 7.70 (br. s.,1H), 7.25-7.32 (m, 2H), 7.12-7.24 (m, 2H), 7.00-7.10 (m, 2H), 6.88-6.97(m, 2H), 6.31 (br. s., 1H), 5.24-5.34 (m, 2H), 4.32 (br. s., 2H), 3.84(br.s., 3H).

Alternative Synthesis of Intermediate-1 from Side Product D Step 8 8.1.Synthesis of(5-(2-fluorobenzyl)-1-(4-methoxybenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)methanol

To a cold solution of ethyl5-(2-fluorobenzyl)-1-(4-methoxybenzyl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylate (D, 4.2g, 1.0 equiv.) in THF (57 ml) at 0° C., was added 2.0 M solution oflithium aluminum hydride in THF (5.7 ml, 1.0 equiv.). The mixture wasstirred at rt and cooled to 0° C. The mixture was sequentially quenchedwith 435 μL of water, 435 _(1—)11 of 15% NaOH and 1.3 ml of water. Theprecipitate that formed was removed by filtration. The filtrate wasconcentrated under vacuum to give(5-(2-fluorobenzyl)-1-(4-methoxybenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)methanol (3.2 g,85% yield) as a clear oil. This was used in the following step withoutadditional purification.

¹H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 7.58 (s, 1H) 7.15-7.22 (m, 2H),6.96-7.01 (m, 3H), 6.81-6.89 (m, 2H) 6.74-6.78 (m, 1H), 5.10-5.14 (m,2H) 4.51 (s, 2H) 4.00 (s, 2H) 3.72-3.76 (m, 3H).

8.2. Synthesis of5-(2-fluorobenzyl)-1-(4-methoxybenzyl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carbaldehyde

A mixture of(5-(2-fluorobenzyl)-1-(4-methoxybenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)methanol (3.2 g,1.0 equiv.), magnesium sulfate (1.6 g, 1.4 equiv.) and manganese dioxide(5.9 g, 6.9 equiv.) in dichloromethane (49 ml) was stirred at rt for 24h. The solid precipitate was removed by filtration. The filtrate wasconcentrated under vacuum to give5-(2-fluorobenzyl)-1-(4-methoxybenzyl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carbaldehyde (3.1g, 98% yield) as a light yellow oil.

¹H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 9.87-9.96 (m, 1H), 7.98 (s, 1H),7.15-7.23 (m, 2H), 6.96-7.07 (m, 2H), 6.87-6.96 (m, 2H), 6.77 (d, 2H),5.15 (s, 2H), 4.34 (s, 2H), 3.75 (s, 3H).

Step 9 9.1. Synthesis of5-(2-fluorobenzyl)-1-(4-methoxybenzyl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carbaldehyde oxime

A mixture containing5-(2-fluorobenzyl)-1-(4-methoxybenzyl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carbaldehyde (3.1g, 1.0 equiv.), hydroxylamine hydrochloride (0.72 g, 1.1 equiv.) andsodium acetate (0.83 g, 1.1 equiv.) in a 9:1 mixture of MeOH (43 ml) andwater (5 ml) was heated at 50° C. for 3 h. The mixture was cooled to rtand concentrated under vacuum. The resulting residue was diluted inethyl acetate (100 ml) and washed with brine (50 ml). The organic layerwas dried, filtered and evaporated to give5-(2-fluorobenzyl)-1-(4-methoxybenzyl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carbaldehyde oxime(3.0 g, 91% yield) as a white solid. This was used in the following stepwithout additional purification.

¹H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 8.47 (s, 1H), 7.49 (br. s., 1H),7.21 (d, 3H), 6.94-7.01 (m, 3H), 6.70-6.82 (m, 2H), 5.19 (s, 2H), 4.09(s, 2H), 3.75 (s, 3H).

9.2. Synthesis of5-(2-fluorobenzyl)-N-hydroxy-1-(4-methoxybenzyl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carbimidoylchloride

A mixture of5-(2-fluorobenzyl)-1-(4-methoxybenzyl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carbaldehyde oxime(3.0 g, 1.0 equiv.) and N-chlorosuccinimide (1.2 g, 1.1 equiv.) in DMF(9.0 ml) was heated at 40° C. for 3 h. The mixture was cooled to rt anddiluted ethyl acetate (500 ml). The organic layer was washed with water(50 ml×3), dried, filtered and evaporated to give an oil. The oil waspurified by column chromatography (0 to 20% ethyl acetate in hexanes) togive5-(2-fluorobenzyl)-N-hydroxy-1-(4-methoxybenzyl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carbimidoylchloride (2.4 g, 73% yield) as a yellow solid.

¹H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 7.86 (s, 1H), 7.57 (s, 1H),7.55-7.55 (m, 1H), 7.12-7.22 (m, 2H), 6.92-7.00 (m, 2H), 6.72-6.80 (m,3H), 5.07 (s, 2H), 4.26 (s, 2H), 3.74 (s, 3H).

Step 10. Alternative Synthesis of Intermediate-1 10.1. Preparation of G

A mixture of5-(2-fluorobenzyl)-N-hydroxy-1-(4-methoxybenzyl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carbimidoylchloride (2.4 g, 1.0 equiv.), ethyl vinyl ether (1.3 ml, 2.2 equiv.) andsodium bicarbonate (0.80 g, 1.5 equiv.) in 2-propanol (7.1 ml) washeated at 50° C. for 3 h. The precipitate was removed by flitration. Thefiltrate was concentrated under vacuum to give an oil. Purification ofthe oil by column chromatography (0 to 100% ethyl acetate in hexanes)gave compound G (2.0 g, 75% yield) as a yellow oil.

¹H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 7.63 (s, 1H), 7.11-7.20 (m, 2H),6.85-7.04 (m, 4H), 6.75 (d, 2H), 5.55-5.58 (m, 1H), 5.11 (s, 2H),4.28-4.47 (m, 2H), 3.81-3.94 (m, 1H), 3.74 (s, 3H) 3.50-3.61 (m, 1H)3.36 (dd, 1H) 3.10-3.19 (m, 1H) 1.21-1.27 (m, 3H).

10.2. Preparation of Intermediate 1

A mixture of5-ethoxy-3-(5-(2-fluorobenzyl)-1-(4-methoxybenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-4,5-dihydroisoxazole(G, 2.0 g, 1.0 equiv.) and 1.0 M solution of sodium hydroxide in water(4.8 ml, 1.0 equiv.) was stirred at rt for 24 h. The mixture wasconcentrated under vacuum. The mixture was diluted in ethyl acetate (100ml) and washed with 1N HCl (50 ml). The organic layer was dried,filtered and evaporated to give an oil. Purification of the oil bycolumn chromatography (0 to 80% ethyl acetate in hexanes) gaveIntermediate 1 (1.3 g, 77% yield) as a yellow oil.

¹H NMR (500 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 8.42 (br. s., 1H), 7.88 (br. s.,1H), 7.20 (br. s., 2H), 7.01-7.10 (m, 2H), 6.89-7.01 (m, 2H), 6.80 (d,2H), 6.50 (br. s., 1H), 5.18 (br. s., 2H), 4.42 (br. s., 2H), 3.79 (br.s., 3H).

Intermediate 2

A solution containing Intermediate 1 (182 mg, 1.0 equiv.) intrifluoroacetic acid (1.7 ml) was heated at 70° C. for 24 h. The mixturewas cooled to rt and diluted in dichloromethane. The organic layer waswashed with a saturated solution of sodium bicarbonate (100 ml), dried,filtered and evaporated to give an oil. The oil was purified by columnchromatography (0 to 80% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to give Intermediate2 (93 mg, 76% yield) as an off-white solid.

¹H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 10.14 (br. s., 1H) 8.42-8.53 (m,1H) 7.91 (d, 1H) 7.18-7.23 (m, 1H) 6.97-7.04 (m, 2H) 6.51-6.63 (m, 1H)6.28-6.39 (m, 1H) 5.74-5.93 (m, 2H).

Compound I-1

A mixture of Intermediate 2 (295 mg, 1.0 equiv.) and2-chloro-5-fluoropyrimidin-4-one (360 mg, 2.0 equiv.) in NMP (6.0 ml)was heated at 130° C. for 24 h. To this mixture, was added DBU (0.4 ml,2.0 equiv.). The mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 4 h. The mixture wascooled to rt and diluted with ethyl acetate (100 ml). The organic layerwas washed with 1N HCl (50 ml), dried, filtered and evaporated to givean oil. The oil was purified by column chromatography (0 to 5% 7:1ACN:MeOH in DCM). Recrystalliztion of the purified material gaveCompound I-1 (58 mg, 13% yield) as a white solid.

¹H NMR (500 MHz, METHANOL-d4) δ ppm 9.00 (s, 1H), 8.69 (s, 1H), 8.03(br. s., 1H), 7.22-7.29 (m, 1H), 7.18 (t, 1H), 7.02-7.12 (m, 2H), 6.78(s, 1H), 4.42-4.48 (m, 2H).

Intermediate-3 and Compound I-2 (Scheme 2)

Step 1. Synthesis of H

A mixture of ethyl 3-(2-fluorobenzyl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylate (B, 5.0g, 1.0 equiv.) and lithium hydroxide (2.4 g, 5.0 equiv.) in a 1:1mixture of THF (51 ml) and water (51 ml) was heated at 100° C. for 4 h.The organic solvent of the mixture was evaporated. The resulting aqueousmixture was acidified to pH=3 by the addition of 3N HC1. The resultingwhite precipitate was collected and dried under vacuum to give3-(2-fluorobenzyl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylic acid (H, 4.1 g, 92% yield)as an off-white solid which was used directly in the next step withoutadditional purification.

¹H NMR (400 MHz, METHANOL-d4) δ ppm 7.94 (br. s., 1H), 7.12-7.20 (m,2H), 7.02-7.08 (m, 1H), 6.95-7.02 (m, 2H), 4.26 (s, 2H). Step 2.Synthesis of I

To a mixture of 3-(2-fluorobenzyl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylic acid (H, 4.1g, 1.0 equiv.), EDC (3.9 g, 1.1 equiv.), HOBT (3.1 g, 1.1 equiv.) andtriethylamine (5.2 ml, 2.0 equiv.) in N,N-dimethylformamide (93 ml), wasadded 2,2-dimethoxyethanamine (2.2 ml, 1.1 equiv.). The mixture wasstirred at 25° C. for 24 h. It was diluted in ethyl acetate (100 ml) andwashed with brine (50 ml×3). The organic layer was dried, filtered, andconcentrated to giveN-(2,2-dimethoxyethyl)-3-(2-fluorobenzyl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide (I,3.2 g, 57% yield) as a light yellow oil.

¹H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 7.74 (s, 1H), 7.23 (t, 1H),7.13-7.20 (m, 1H), 6.94-7.04 (m, 2H), 4.39 (t, 1H), 4.34 (s, 2H), 3.46(t, 2H), 3.33 (s, 6H).

Step 3. Synthesis of Intermediate-3

A mixture ofN-(2,2-dimethoxyethyl)-3-(2-fluorobenzyl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide (3.2g, 1.0 equiv.) and phosphorous pentoxide (10 g, 6.8 equiv.) inmethanesulfonic acid (70 ml) was heated at 120° C. for 24 h. The mixtureturned dark brown. The mixture was cooled to rt and poured over ice. Itwas basified with a 3N NaOH solution to pH=7. The mixture was extractedwith ethyl acetate (200 ml×3). The combined organic layer were dried,filtered, and evaporated to give an oil. Purification of the oil bycolumn chromgatography (0 to 50% acetone in hexanes) gave Intermediate-3(1.3 g, 51% yield) as a yellow oil.

¹H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 8.01 (s, 1H), 7.62 (d, 1H), 7.30(td, 1H), 7.19-7.26 (m, 1H), 7.17 (d, 1H), 7.03-7.09 (m, 2H), 4.46 (s,2H).

Step 4. Preparation of Compound I-2

A mixture of Intermediate-3 (160 mg, 1.0 equiv.),2-chloropyrimidin-4-amine (170 mg, 2.0 equiv.) and cesium carbonate (429mg, 2.0 equiv.) in NMP (7.0 ml) was heated at 165° C. in a sealed vialfor 2 days. The reaction was cooled to rt and diluted in ethyl acetate(200 ml). The mixture was washed with water (30 ml×3) and brine. Theorganic layer was dried, filtered, and evaporated to give a crude oil.The oil was purified by column chromatography (0 to 80% ethyl acetate inhexanes), and the resulting crude product was tritrated with acetone toCompound I-2 (52 mg, 23% yield) as an off-white solid.

¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 8.94 (s, 1H), 8.15 (d, 1H), 8.10 (d,1H), 7.41 (br. s., 2H), 7.32-7.35 (m, 1H), 7.22-7.30 (m, 1H), 7.13-7.22(m, 2H), 7.03-7.13 (m, 1H), 6.39 (d, 1H), 4.41 (s, 2H).

Compounds I-3 and I-4 (Scheme 3)

Step 1. Compound I-3

A mixture of Compound I-1 (365 mg, 1 equiv.) and phosphorousoxytrichloride (2.0 ml, 20 equiv.) was heated at 80° C. for 24 h. Themixture was concentrated under vacuum. The resulting residue was dilutedwith ethyl acetate (100 ml) and washed with water (50 ml). The organiclayer was dried, filtered and evaporated to give an oil. The oil waspurified by column chromatography (0 to 30% ethyl acetate in hexanes) togive Compound I-3 (164 mg, 43% yield) as a white solid.

¹H NMR (500 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 8.89-8.94 (m, 1H) 8.63 (s, 1H)8.40-8.44 (m, 1H) 7.13-7.22 (m, 2H) 6.95-7.08 (m, 2H) 6.40-6.46 (m, 1H)4.44-4.50 (m, 2H).

Step 2. Compound I-4

A mixture of Compound I-3 (159 mg, 1 equiv.),(S)-3-methyl-2-(methylamino)butyric acid (112 mg, 2 equiv.) andtriethylamine (119 2 equiv.) in 1,4-dioxane (5.7 ml) and water (2.8 ml)was heated at 80° C. for 24 h. The mixture was diluted in ethyl acetate(100 ml) and washed with 1N HCl (50 ml). The organic layer was dried,filtered and evaporated to give a solid. The solid was purified bycolumn chromatography (0 to 10% methanol in dichloromethane) to giveCompound I-4 (50 mg, 25% yield) as a solid.

¹H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 9.02 (s, 1H) 8.97 (d, 1H) 8.33 (d, 1H)7.22-7.28 (m, 1H) 7.20 (t, 1H) 7.13-7.18 (m, 1H) 7.07 (td, 1H) 7.00 (s,1H) 4.62 (br. s., 1H) 4.33 (s, 2H) 3.32 (s, 2H) 3.22 (d, 3H) 2.34-2.43(m, 1H) 1.07 (d, 3H) 0.88 (d, 3H).

Compound I-5

A mixture of3-(1-(4-chloro-5-fluoropyrimidin-2-yl)-3-(2-fluorobenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)isoxazole(Compound I-3, 100 mg, 1 equiv.), triethylamine (149 μl equiv.) and2-amino-1,3-propanediol (98 mg, 4 equiv.) in 1,4-dioxane (2.0 ml) andwater (0.5 ml) was heated at 80° C. for 4 h. The mixture was diluted inethyl acetate (100 ml) and washed with 1N HCl (50 ml). The organic layerwas dried, filtered and evaporated to give Compound I-5 (53 mg, 46%yield) as a white solid.

¹H NMR (500 MHz, METHANOL-d₄) δ ppm 8.99 (s, 1H) 8.62 (d, 1H) 8.03 (d,1H) 7.17 (d, 1H) 7.00-7.07 (m, 2H) 6.95-6.99 (m, 1H) 6.71 (d, 1H) 4.54(t, 1H) 4.39 (s, 2H) 3.73-3.82 (m, 4H).

Compound I-6

A mixture of3-(1-(4-chloro-5-fluoropyrimidin-2-yl)-3-(2-fluorobenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)isoxazole(Compound I-3,45 mg, 1 equiv.), triethylamine (67 μl equiv.) andmorpholine (42 μl, 4 equiv.) in 1,4-dioxane (0.9 ml) and water (0.2 ml)was heated at 80° C. for 4 h. The mixture was diluted in ethyl acetate(100 ml) and washed with 1N HCl (50 ml). The organic layer was dried,filtered and evaporated to give a white solid. The solid was rinsed witha minimal amount of methanol to give Compound I-6 (38 mg, 74% yield) asa white solid.

¹H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 9.13 (s, 1H) 8.95 (d, 1H) 8.31 (d, 1H)7.21-7.28 (m, 1H) 7.09-7.19 (m, 3H) 7.04-7.09 (m, 1H) 4.33 (s, 2H)3.79-3.88 (m, 4H) 3.69-3.79 (m, 4H) 3.57 (s, 1H).

Compound I-7

Step 1. Preparation of K

A mixture of 2-chloro-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine (0.94 g, 1 equiv.),potassium carbonate (1.1 g, 1.3 equiv.) and(2,2-dimethyl-1,3-dioxolan-4-yl)methyl 4-methylbenzenesulfonate (1.7 g,1 equiv.) was heated at 80° C. in DMF (31 ml) for 24 h. The mixture wasdiluted in ethyl acetate (100 ml) and washed with water (50 ml). Theorganic layer was dried, filtered and evaporated to give an oil. The oilwas purified by column chromatography (0 to 50% ethyl acetate inhexanes) to give2-chloro-7-((2,2-dimethyl-1,3-dioxolan-4-yl)methyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine(K, 1.2 g, 74% yield) as a white solid.

¹H NMR (500 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 8.73 (s, 1H) 7.30 (d, 1H) 6.50 (d,1H) 4.35-4.46 (m, 2H) 4.14-4.30 (m, 1H) 4.05 (dd, 1H) 3.62 (dd, 1H) 1.51(s, 2H) 1.34 (s, 3H) 1.27 (s, 3H).

Step 2. Reaction of K with Intermediate-2

A mixture containing 3-(3-(2-fluorobenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)i sox azol e(Intermediate-2 162 mg, 1 equiv.),2-chloro-7-((2,2-dimethyl-1,3-dioxolan-4-yl)methyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine(K, 267 mg, 1.5 equiv.) and potassium carbonate (184 mg, 2 equiv.) inDMF (3.3 ml) was heated at 120° C. for 2 days. The mixture was dilutedin ethyl acetate (100 ml) and washed with water (50 ml). The organiclayer was dried, filtered and evaporated to give an oil. The oil waspurified by column chromatography (0 to 80% ethyl acetate in hexanes) togive a residue containing the starting pyrrazole and the desiredproduct.

Step 3. Preparation of Compound I-7

Then, this residue was treated with HCl [4.0 M in 1,4-dioxane] (1.7 ml).The mixture was stirred at rt for 30 min. The mixture was diluted inethyl acetate (100 ml) and washed with 1IN NaOH (50 ml). The organiclayer was dried, filtered and evaporated to give a solid. The solid waspurified by column chromatography (0 to 100% ethyl acetate in hexanes)to give Compound I-7 (50 mg, 17% yield over two steps) as a light yellowsolid.

¹H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 9.31 (s, 1H) 9.02 (s, 1H) 8.95 (d, 1H)7.65 (d, 1H) 7.23-7.29 (m, 1H) 7.11-7.20 (m, 3H) 7.04-7.10 (m, 1H) 6.69(d, 1H) 5.07 (d, 1H) 4.82 (t, 1H) 4.39 (s, 3H) 4.17-4.24 (m, 1H)3.89-3.96 (m, 1H) 3.34-3.44 (m, 2H).

Compound I-8

A mixture of 2-(3-(2-fluorobenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)oxazole(Intermediate-3, 171 mg, 1 equiv.), cesium carbonate (275 mg, 1.2equiv.) and 2-chloro-5-fluoropyrimidin-4-amine (104 mg, 1 equiv.) in NMP(3.5 ml) was heated at 165° C. for 18 h. The reaction was cooled to roomtemp and diluted in ethyl acetate (50 ml). The organic layer was washedwith water (10 ml×2). The organic layer was dried, filtered andevaporated to give an oil. This oil was purified by columnchromatography (0 to 80% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to give Compound I-8(48 mg, 17% yield) as light yellow solid.

¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 8.88 (s, 1H), 8.21 (d, 1H), 8.15 (d,1H), 7.86 (br. s., 2H), 7.35-7.38 (m, 1H), 7.23-7.28 (m, 1H), 7.16-7.20(m, 2H), 7.06-7.10 (m, 1H), 4.34 (s, 2H).

Compound I-9

To a solution of 3-(3-(2-fluorobenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)isoxazole(Intermediate-2, 354 mg, 1 equiv.) in THF (7.3 ml) at 25° C., was addedsodium hydride (40 mg, 2 equiv.). To this mixture, was added2-chloropyrimidin-4-amine (192 mg, 3 equiv). The resulting mixture wasstirred at 80° C. for 24 h and then quenched with a saturated solutionof ammonium chloride (50 ml) and extracted with ethyl acetate (100 ml).The organic layer was dried, filtered and evaporated to give a solid.This solid was purified by column chromatography (0 to 80% ethyl acetatein hexanes) and recrystallized from methanol. The solid was furtherpurified by HPLC (5 to 95% acetonitrile in water) to give Compound I-9(8 mg, 5% yield) as a white solid.

¹H NMR (500 MHz, METHANOL-d₄) δ ppm 9.04 (s, 1H) 8.70 (d, 1H) 8.02 (d,1H) 7.19-7.26 (m, 1H) 7.13-7.19 (m, 1H) 6.99-7.09 (m, 2H) 6.75 (d, 1H)6.59 (d, 1H) 4.45 (s, 2H).

Compound I-10

To a solution of 3-(3-(2-fluorobenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)isoxazole(Intermediate-2, 354 mg, 1 equiv.) in THF (7 ml) at 25° C., was addedsodium hydride [60 wt % dispersion on mineral oil] (137 mg, 2.4 equiv.).The mixture was stirred until the bubbling ceased. To this mixture, wasadded 2-chloro-5-fluoro-4-methoxypyrimidine (473 mg, 2 equiv). Themixture was stirred at room temp for 24 h and then it was diluted wtihethyl aceate (100 ml) and washed with 1N HCl (50 ml×3). The organiclayer was dried, filtered and evaporated to give an oil. The oil waspurified by column chromatography (0 to 100% ethyl acetate in hexanes)to give Compound I-10 (383 mg, 71% yield) as a white solid.

¹H NMR (500 MHz, METHANOL-d4) δ ppm 9.06 (s, 1H) 8.63-8.69 (m, 1H) 8.45(d, 1H) 7.16-7.26 (m, 1H) 6.97-7.14 (m, 3H) 6.76 (s, 1H) 4.44 (s, 2H)4.25 (s, 3H).

Example 2 Biological Activity Measurement by the sGC-HEK-cGMP Assay

(Assay Run with SNP Incubation)

Human embryonic kidney cells (HEK293), endogenously expressing solubleguanylate cyclase (sGC), were used to evaluate the activity of testcompounds. Compounds stimulating the sGC receptor should cause anincrease in the intracellular concentration of cGMP. HEK 293 cells wereseeded in Dulbecco's Modification of Eagle's Medium supplemented withfetal bovine serum (10% final) and L-glutamine (2 mM final) in a 200 μLvolume at a density of 1×10⁵ cells/well in a poly-D-lysine coated 96well flat bottom plate and grown overnight at 37° C. Medium wasaspirated and cells were washed with 1× Hank's Buffered Saline SaltSolution (200 μL). Cells were then incubated for 15 minutes at 37° C.with 200 μL of a 0.5 mM 3-isobutyl-1-methylxanthine (IBMX) solution.Test article and sodium nitroprusside solutions (x μM concentration fortest article solution and 10 μM concentration for SNP solution; whereinx is one of the following concentrations);

-   30 μM-   10 μM-   3 μM-   1 μM-   0.3 μM-   0.1 μM-   0.03 μM-   0.01 μM-   0.003 μM-   0.001 μM-   0.0003 μM-   0.0001 μM    were then added to the assay mixture (2 μL each) and the resulting    mixture incubated at 37° C. for 10 minutes. After the 10 minute    incubation, the assay mixture was aspirated and 0.1M HCl (200 μL)    was added to the cells. The plate was incubated at 4° C. for 30    minutes in the 0.1M HCl to stop the reaction and lyse the cells. The    plates were then centrifuged at 1,200 g for 5 minutes at room    temperature. Supernatants were collected and transferred to a new    flat bottom 96 well plate for analysis by HPLC-MS. Vehicle controls    were carried out using DMSO (1%) solutions. A known sGC stimulator,    BAY 41-2272, was used as the positive control. Samples were diluted    with an equal volume of 1 M Ammonium Acetate (pH 7) to neutralize    samples for better chromatography. A 2× cGMP standard solution was    prepared in 0.1 M HCl and then diluted with an equal volume of 1 M    Ammonium Acetate, with the following final concentrations in nM:    1024, 512, 256, 128, 64, 32, 16, 8, 4, 2, 1. cGMP concentrations in    the test plates were determined from each sample using the LC/MS    conditions shown in Table 2 below and the calculated cGMP standard    curve. EC₅₀ values were calculated from concentration-response    curves generated with GraphPad Prism Software.

The biological activities of some of the compounds of Formula I orFormula Ib determined with the sGC-HEK assay with SNP incubation aresummarized in Tables 3A and 3B.

TABLE 2 (HPLC LC/MS experimental conditions) MS: Thermo Quantum orWaters LCMS Ion Mode: ESI⁺ Scan Type: MRM Dwell Collision Retention TimeEnergy Tube Time Compound: Transition (msec) (V) Lens (min) cGMP 346 >152 100 28 139 1.0 HPLC: Agilent Technologies 1200 Series with CTCAnalytics HTS PAL Column: Thermo Hypersil Gold 2.1 × 50 mm 5 micronparticle size Flow Rate: 400 uL/min Column RT Temperature: Autosampler6° C. Temperature: Injection Volume: 20 uL Mobile Phases: A = 98:2Water:Acetonitrile + 0.1% Formic Acid B = 2:98 Water:Acetonitrile + 0.1%Formic Acid Time (min) % A % B Gradient: 0 100 0 0.3 30 70 2.00 30 702.01 100 0 4 100 0

TABLE 3A Whole cell activity in the HEK assay. HEK assay HEK assay HEKassay HEK assay (Percent (Percent (Percent Emax- Compound Emax Emax atEmax at unconstrained No. at 1 μM)* 10 μM)* 30 μM)* (Percent)+ I-1 E F FF I-2 — F F — I-3 — — — — I-4 F G G G I-8 — E E — I-9 E F F F I-10 C C CC *Percent Emax was obtained at twelve concentrations of the testcompound as explained above; the results for three of them (1, 10 and 30μM) are shown in Table 3A. The code definitions for the sGC enzymeactivity values, expressed as % E_(max) in the presence of 10 μM of SNP(wherein E_(max) = 100% was the activity in the HEK assay obtained withthe positive control BAY 41-2272 at 10 μM in the presence of 100 μM SNP)are: A = 0 to <10% B = 10 to <20% C = 20 to <40% D = 40 to <60 E = 60 or<80% F = 80 to <100% G = 100 to <120% H = 120% or higher — = notdetermined +The same code definitions apply for Emax unconstrained,wherein this value is defined as the maximum activity value obtainedfrom the full concentration-response curve for the compound, relative tothe positive control value of 100% obtained as above. Here, the term“unconstrained” means that, during analysis of the sGC enzyme activitydata, the top portion of the concentration-response curve was not fittedto 100%.

TABLE 3B More whole cell activity in the HEK assay. HEK assay EC50- HEKassay EC50- Compound No. constrained (μM)# unconstrained (μM)# I-1 — AI-2 D — I-3 — — I-4 — A I-8 — — I-9 — B I-10 — C #EC₅₀ values wereobtained from the full concentration response curve following twomethods: EC50 constrained refers to the value obtained when the top ofthe curve was fitted to 100% (wherein E_(max) = 100% was the activity inthe HEK assay obtained with the positive control BAY 41-2272 at 10 μM inthe presence of 100 μM SNP); EC₅₀ unconstrained here repored refer tothe value obtained from a full concentration-response curve when the topof the curve is not fitted to 100%. The EC50 code definitions inmicromolar (μM) are: 0.01 ≦ EC50 < 0.1 = A 0.1 ≦ EC50 < 0.5 = B 0.5 ≦EC50 < 1.0 = C 1.0 ≦ EC50 < 5.0 = D 5.0 ≦ EC50 < 10.0 = E EC50 ≧ 10.0 =F(Assay Run with SNP Incubation)

Human embryonic kidney cells (HEK293), endogenously expressing solubleguanylate cyclase (sGC), were used to evaluate the activity of testcompounds. Compounds stimulating the sGC enzyme should cause an increasein the intracellular concentration of cGMP. HEK 293 cells were seeded inDulbecco's Modification of Eagle's Medium supplemented with fetal bovineserum (10% final) and L-glutamine (2 mM final) in a 200 μL volume at adensity of 1×10⁵ cells/well in a poly-D-lysine coated 96 well flatbottom plate and grown overnight at 37° C. Medium was aspirated andcells were washed with 1× Hank's Buffered Saline Salt Solution (200 μL).Cells were then incubated for 15 minutes at 37° C. with 200 μL of a 0.5mM 3-isobutyl-1-methylxanthine (IBMX) solution. Test article and sodiumnitroprusside solutions (x μM concentration for test article solutionand 10 μM concentration for SNP solution; wherein x is one of thefollowing concentrations);

-   30 μM-   10 μM-   3 μM-   1 μM-   0.3 μM-   0.1 μM-   0.03 μM-   0.01 μM-   0.003 μM-   0.001 μM-   0.0003 μM-   0.01 μM

were then added to the assay mixture (2 μL each) and the resultingmixture incubated at 37° C. for 10 minutes. After the 10 minuteincubation, the assay mixture was aspirated and 0.1M HCl (200 μL) wasadded to the cells. The plate was incubated at 4° C. for 30 minutes inthe 0.1M HCl to stop the reaction and lyse the cells. The plates werethen centrifuged at 1,200 g for 5 minutes at room temperature.

-   cGMP levels were determined using a cGMP HTRF assay (Cisbio Product    #62GM2PEC). For each sample, 5 uL of HEK assay supernatant was    diluted 1:5 in HTRF kit assay diluent and transferred to a well of    the assay plate, and the HTRF assay was performed according to the    HTRF kit manufacturer's instructions. Sample calculations were    performed using high and low controls, where high control was    supernatant from HEK assay performed in the presence of 10 uM Bay    41-2272+100 uM SNP, and the low control was the supernatant from the    HEK assay performed in the presence of vehicle. A cGMP standard    solution was prepared in 0.1 M HCl and diluted in order to perform a    cGMP standard curve using the HTRF assay. Using Mean Ratio data from    the HTRF assay, sample date were normalized according to the    equation: 100*(Sample-Low Control)/(High Control-Low Control). Data    were fit to a 3-parameter log agonist dose response (Top (%EMax),    Bottom, log EC50) using Graphpad (Prism Software). Data in Table 3C    was obtained using this modified assay procedure.

TABLE 3C HEK assay Emax- HEK assay EC50- unconstrained Compound No.unconstrained (μM)# (Percent)+ I-5 B F I-6 B F I-7 B F #EC₅₀ values wereobtained from the full concentration response curve following twomethods: EC50 constrained refers to the value obtained when the top ofthe curve was fitted to 100% (wherein E_(max) = 100% was the activity inthe HEK assay obtained with the positive control BAY 41-2272 at 10 μM inthe presence of 100 μM SNP); EC₅₀ unconstrained here repored refer tothe value obtained from a full concentration-response curve when the topof the curve is not fitted to 100%. The EC50 code definitions inmicromolar (μM) are: 0.01 ≦ EC50 < 0.1 = A 0.1 ≦ EC50 < 0.5 = B 0.5 ≦EC50 < 1.0 = C 1.0 ≦ EC50 < 5.0 = D 5.0 ≦ EC50 < 10.0 = E EC50 ≧ 10.0 =F +% E_(max) in the presence of 10 μM of SNP (wherein E_(max) = 100% wasthe activity in the HEK assay obtained with the positive control BAY41-2272 at 10 μM in the presence of 100 μM SNP) are: A = 0 to <10% B =10 to <20% C = 20 to <40% D = 40 to <60 E = 60 or <80% F = 80 to <100% G= 100 to <120% H = 120% or higher — = not determined wherein Emaxunconstrained is defined as the maximum activity value obtained from thefull concentration-response curve for the compound, relative to thepositive control value of 100% obtained as above. Here, the term“unconstrained” means that, during analysis of the sGC enzyme activitydata, the top portion of the concentration-response curve was not fittedto 100%.

Example 3A Biological Activity Measurements by the Purified Human sGCEnzyme Activity Assay

Human soluble guanylate cyclase enzyme (hsGC) obtained from Enzo Inc.(P/N: ALX-201-177) was used to evaluate the activity of test compounds.The assay reactions contained 0.1 M Tris (pH 8.0), 0.5 mg/mL BSA (pH8.0), 2 mM DTT, 2 mM MgCl₁₂, 300 μM GTP, 1 mM3-isobutyl-1-methylxanthine (IBMX) and 5 ng human soluble guanylatecyclase enzyme. Test compounds in DMSO were then added (2 μL, 10 or 30μM final concentration) and incubated (water, 200 μL, 96-well plateformat) at 37° C. for 30 minutes. The controls were carried out using 2μL DMSO. After the 30 minute incubation, the reaction was stopped withthe addition of 200 μL of cold methanol. The plate was then centrifugedat 3,200 rpm for 10 minutes at room temperature. Supernatants (200 μL)were collected and transferred to a new 96 well plate for analysis byHPLC LC/MS/MS.

An 8 point cGMP (Sigma-Aldrich P/N: G6129) standard curve was preparedin assay buffer ranging from 0.156-20 μM. Samples for the cGMP standardcurve were then diluted with an equal volume of methanol resulting infinal cGMP concentrations of 0.078-10 μM.

cGMP concentrations in all samples were determined using LC/MS/MSanalysis, using the conditions listed in Table 4 below. The cGMPstandard curve was generated using GraphPad Prism Software.

Calculations: Specific Activity was determined by the amount of cGMPformed (nmoles) per mg of sGC per min. Enzyme “fold-change” wascalculated by dividing Specific Activity for test compounds by SpecificActivity of DMSO controls.

TABLE 4 LC/MS/MS method for detection of cGMP Inlet Method: HPLC: WatersAcquity Column: Thermo Hypersile Gold PFP, 2.1 × 30 mm, 3 μm GuardColumn: Thermo Hypersile Gold, 2.1 × 10 mm Column Temp: 25° C. FlowRate: 0.4 mL/min Auto sampler: Acquity; 6° C. Injection Volume: 10 uLMobile Phases: A = 0.1% Acetic Acid (v/v) in 100% water B = 0.1% AceticAcid (v/v) in 100 methanol Time (min) % A % B Curve Gradient: 0 95 5 60.5 95 5 6 0.6 10 90 6 2.0 10 90 6 2.1 95 5 6 4 (end) MS File: cGMP.expMass Spectrum: Waters Quattro micro Ionization: ES⁺ Source, Desolvation:150° C., 450° C. MS Function: MRM Dwell Cone Collision Energy CompoundTransition (sec) (V) (eV) cGMP 346 > 152 0.1 35 20

Example 3B Biological Measurement by the Purified Human sGC EnzymeSynergy Performed in the Presence of Sodium Nitroprusside (SNP), aNitric Oxide Donor

Enzyme assays were performed as described above, but the assay was donein the presence of 1 μM sodium nitroprusside (SNP). Data for compoundsof Table 1 is summarized in Table 5 below.

TABLE 5 Enzyme Data With and without SNP.* Enzyme Activity EnzymeActivity (increase (increase at 30 μM with Compound No. at 30 μM withoutSNP)* SNP)* I-2 C D I-8 C E *The compounds were tested at aconcentration of 30 μM in the presence of 1 μM SNP. The code for thefold increase in enzyme activity is: A = no increase to <2 fold increaseB = 2 to <5 fold increase C = 5 to <10 fold increase D = 10 or <20 foldincrease E = 20 to 30 fold increase F = >30 fold increase

Example 4 Biological Activity Measurement by the Thoracic Aortic RingsAssay

Thoracic aortic rings were dissected from anesthetized (isoflurane) maleSprague-Dawley rats weighing 275-299 g. Tissues were immediatelytransferred to ice-cold Krebs-Henseleit solution, which had been aeratedwith 95% O₂ and 5% CO₂ for 30 minutes. Following removal of connectivetissue, aortic sections were cut into 4 rings (˜2 mm each) and suspendedon 2 L-shaped hooks, with one hook fixed at the bottom of the tissuebath (Schuler Organ Bath, Harvard Apparatus) and the other connected toa force transducer (F30 Force Transducer, Harvard Apparatus). Bathscontained Krebs Henseleit solution (10 mL) heated to 37° C. and aeratedwith 95% O₂ and 5% CO₂. Rings were brought to an initial tension of0.3-0.5 g and gradually raised to a resting tension of 1.0 g over 60minutes. Rings were rinsed with Krebs Henseleit solution (heated to 37°C. and aerated with 95% O₂ and 5% CO₂) at 15 minute intervals until astable baseline was obtained. Rings were considered to be stable after aresting tension of 1.0 g was maintained (for approximately 10 minutes)without need for adjustment. Rings were then contracted with 100 ng/mLphenylephrine by adding 100 μL of a 10 μg/mL phenylephrine stocksolution. Tissues achieving a stable contraction were then treated in acumulative, dose dependent manner with test compounds prepared indimethylsulfoxide (DMSO). In some cases, tissues were rinsed three timesover a 5 minute period with Krebs-Heinseleit's solution (heated to 37°C. and aerated with 95% O₂ and 5% CO2), allowed to stabilize atbaseline, and then used for characterization of other test articles orDMSO effects. All data were collected using the HSE-ACAD softwareprovided by Harvard Apparatus. Percent relaxation effects werecalculated in Microsoft Excel using the recorded tension value of 100ng/mL phenylephrine treatment as 0% inhibition and treatment with 100 μM3-isobutyl-1-methylxanthine as 100% inhibition. EC₅₀ values werecalculated from concentration-response curves generated with GraphPadPrism Software.

Example 5 Biological Activity Measurement by the Thoracic Aortic RingsAssay

As an alternative thoracic aortic rings assay, the procedure of Example5 was used except that percent relaxation effects were calculated inMicrosoft Excel using the recorded tension value of 100 ng/mLphenylephrine treatment as 0% inhibition and, after washing the tissuewith buffer, the original resting tesnsion of the tissue was used as100% inhibition.

The biological data for some of the compounds of Formula I or FormulaIb, in comparison with the known compound, BAY 41-2272, as the referencecompound, determined by the thoracic aorta ring assay of Example 5 arepresented in Table 6 below.

TABLE 6 Thoracic Aortic Ring Assay Results. Aortic Ring Aortic RingAortic Ring Percent Percent Percent Aortic Ring Compound RelaxationRelaxation Relaxation EC50 No. at 1 μM* at 3 μM* at 10 μM* (μM)** I-1 —— — — I-2 E F G A *The compounds were tested at a concentration of 1, 3or 10 μM to obtain data using the method described in Example 5. Thecode for the percent relaxation of the aotic ring is: A = 0 to <10% B =10 to <20% C = 20 to <40% D = 40 to <60% E = 60 or <80% F = 80 to <100%G = 100 to <120% H = higher than 120% **The code for the EC₅₀ valueobtained is: A = 0 to <2 μM B = 2 to <4 μM C = 4 to <8 μM D = 8 to <12μM

A number of embodiments have been described. Nevertheless, it will beunderstood that various modifications may be made without departing fromthe spirit and scope of the invention.

Example 6 Animal Models Descriptions

Lamb Model of Pulmonary Hemodynamics using Inhaled sGC Stimulator

(“Inhaled Agonists of Soluble Guanylate Cyclase Induce SelectivePulmonary Vasodilation”, Oleg V. et al, American J of Resp and CriticalCare Medicine, Vol 176, 2007, p 1138)

It is possible to test whether inhalation of novel dry-powdermicroparticle formulations containing sGC stimulators would produceselective pulmonary vasodilation in lambs with acute pulmonaryhypertension by following a published procedure. It is also possible toevaluate the combined administration of the microparticles of sGCstimulator and inhaled nitric oxide (iNO) in this system. Finally, it ispossible to examine whether inhaling microparticles of an sGC stimulatorwould produce pulmonary vasodilation when the response to iNO (induciblenitric oxide synthase) is impaired.

Protocol: In awake, spontaneously breathing lambs instrumented withvascular catheters and a tracheostomy tube, U-46619 is infusedintravenously to increase mean pulmonary arterial pressure to 35 mm Hg.Inhalation of microparticles composed of either BAY 41-2272, BAY41-8543, or BAY 58-2667 and excipients (dipalmitoylphosphatidylcholine,albumin, lactose) produced dose dependent pulmonary vasodilation andincreased transpulmonary cGMP release without significant effect on meanarterial pressure. Inhalation of microparticles containing BAY 41-8543or BAY 58-2667 increased systemic arterial oxygenation. The magnitudeand duration of pulmonary vasodilation induced by iNO were augmentedafter inhaling BAY 41-8543 microparticles. Intravenous administration of1H-[1,2,4]oxadiazolo[4,3-a]quinoxalin-1-one (ODQ), which oxidizes theprosthetic heme group of sGC, markedly reduced the pulmonary vasodilatoreffect of iNO. In contrast, pulmonary vasodilation and transpulmonarycGMP release induced by inhaling BAY 58-2667 microparticles were greatlyenhanced after treatment with ODQ. Thus, inhalation of microparticlescontaining agonists of sGC may provide an effective novel treatment forpatients with pulmonary hypertension, particularly when responsivenessto iNO is impaired by oxidation of sGC. Note: BAY 41-2272, BAY 41-8543are sGC stimulators whereas BAY 58-2667 is an sGC activator.

Electrical Field Stimulated Guinea Pig Tracheal Smooth Muscle In Vitro(Ex Vivo) Model for the Assessment of Bronchodilation.

It is possible to assess the bronchodilating effects of sGC stimulatorsby using the system described below. This system allowed us to determinepotency, efficacy and duration of action of several sGC stimulators, aswell as to assess potential side effects such as blood pressure, orheart rate changes.

Animals: Guinea pig, Dunkin Hartley, male, Full barrier-bred andcertified free of specific micro-organisms on receipt 525-609 g on theexperimental day, Harlan UK Ltd. Guinea pigs were housed in a group of 4in solid-bottomed cages with Gold Flake bedding in a controlledenvironment (airflow, temperature and humidity). Food (FD1, Special DietServices) and water were provided ad libitum.

Guinea Pig Tracheal Smooth Muscle Contraction in Response to EFS.Assessment of Compound Potency and Efficacy:

On each experimental day, a guinea pig was killed by exposure to arising concentration of CO2 and the trachea removed. The trachea wascleaned of extraneous tissue and cut open longitudinally in a lineopposite the muscle, opened out and cut into strips 2-3 cartilage ringswide. A cotton loop was attached to one end of each tracheal strip and alength of cotton to the other end. Tracheal strips were then suspendedbetween two platinum electrodes, using tissue holders, in a Myobathsystem (World Precision Instruments Stevenage, UK). The loop wasattached over the hook at the bottom of the tissue holder and the otherend attached to the arm of a FORT10 force transducer (World PrecisionInstruments Stevenage, UK) ensuring that the tissue was positionedbetween the two platinum electrodes. The whole assembly was then loweredinto a 10 ml tissue bath containing modified Kreb's-Henseleit buffer, at37° C., bubbled with Carbogen. A 1 g tension was applied to each pieceof tissue and the tissue washed, followed by a 1 hour stabilizationperiod. Once the tissues had been allowed to stabilize, the apparatusfor electrical field stimulation was set to deliver a stimulation offrequency 80Hz pulse width 0.1 ms, with a gated, uni-polar pulse, every2 minutes using a DS8000 8 channel digital stimulator (World PrecisionInstruments Stevenage, UK). A voltage response curve was carried out oneach tracheal strip at 2, 4, 6, 7, 8, 10, 12 V and a sub-maximal voltagethen selected to apply to each tissue during the remainder of theexperiment. Guinea pig tracheal smooth muscle (GPTSM) contraction wasinduced using sub-maximal Electrical Field Stimulation (EFS) (It is alsopossible to induce contraction by using a spasmogen substance, such asmethacholine or histamine as described in Coleman et al.*). Compoundswere dissolved in 100% DMSO at 3×10-2M and aliquots stored at −200 C. Aseparate aliquot was used for each experiment. Tissues were washed withKreb's buffer and stimulated using the previously determined sub-maximalvoltage for 1 hour to establish a stable baseline contraction prior toassessment of compound activity.

A cumulative dose response curve (DRC) to each test substance was thenperformed and changes in smooth muscle contraction measured. The effectof each test substance in each experiment was expressed as a percentageinhibition of the baseline contraction, normalized to the relevantvehicle controls. The experiment was performed three times, using tissuefrom three different animals. The data from all three experiments waspooled, the DRC plotted, and the test substance potency and efficacydetermined. The potency of Ipratropium bromide was assessed alongsidethe test compounds and the IC50 determined to be 0.86 nM (95% Cl,0.78-0.94), in agreement with data previously produced in the system.*“Novel and Versatile Superfusion System. Its use in the Evaluation ofSome Spasmogenic and Spasmolytic Agents Using Guinea pig isolatedTracheal Smooth Muscle.”, R. A. Coleman et al., J. Pharmacol. Methods,21, 71-86, 1989.

1-113. (canceled)
 114. A method of treating a disease, health condition or disorder in a subject, comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of the compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, to the subject in need of the treatment, wherein the disease, health condition or disorder is (a) Peripheral, pulmonary, hepatic, liver, cardiac or cerebral vascular/endothelial disorders/conditions: disorders related to high blood pressure and decreased coronary blood flow such as increased acute and chronic coronary blood pressure, arterial hypertension and vascular disorder resulting from cardiac and renal complications (e.g. heart disease, stroke, cerebral ischemia, renal failure); resistant hypertension, diabetic hypertension, diabetic nephropathy, congestive heart failure; diastolic or systolic dysfunction; coronary insufficiency; arrhythmias; diastolic dysfunction; thromboembolic disorders and ischemias such as myocardial infarction, stroke, transient ischemic attacks (TIAs); stable or unstable angina pectoris; peripheral arterial disease, peripheral occlusive arterial disease, intermittent claudication, critical limb ischemia, vasculitis pulmonary/respiratory conditions such as pulmonary hypertension, pulmonary arterial hypertension, portal hypertension, acute respiratory distress syndrome, and associated pulmonary vascular remodeling (e.g. localized thrombosis and right heart hypertrophy); pulmonary hypertonia; primary pulmonary hypertension, secondary pulmonary hypertension, familial pulmonary hypertension, sporadic pulmonary hypertension, pre-capillary pulmonary hypertension, idiopathic pulmonary hypertension, thrombotic pulmonary arteriopathy, plexogenic pulmonary arteriopathy; pulmonary hypertension associated with or related to: left ventricular dysfunction, hypoxemia, mitral valve disease, constrictive pericarditis, aortic stenosis, cardiomyopathy, mediastinal fibrosis, pulmonary fibrosis, anomalous pulmonary venous drainage, pulmonary venooclusive disease, pulmonary vasculitis, collagen vascular disease, congenital heart disease, pulmonary venous hypertension, interstitial lung disease, sleep-disordered breathing, sleep apnea, alveolar hypoventilation disorders, chronic exposure to high altitude, neonatal lung disease, alveolar-capillary dysplasia, sickle cell disease, other coagulation disorders, chronic thromboembolism, pulmonary embolism (due to tumor, parasites or foreign material), peripheral embolism, connective tissue disease, lupus, schistosomiasis, sarcoidosis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, bronchoconstriction, pulmonary vasoconstriction, acute respiratory distress syndrome, asthma, emphysema, chronic bronchitis, pulmonary capillary hemangiomatosis; histiocytosis X, lymphangiomatosis and compressed pulmonary vessels (such as due to adenopathy, tumor or fibrosing mediastinitis); arterosclerotic diseases or conditions such as atherosclerosis (e.g., associated with endothelial injury, platelet and monocyte adhesion and aggregation, smooth muscle proliferation and migration); restenosis (e.g. developed after thrombolysis therapies, percutaneous transluminal angioplasties (PTAs), percutaneous transluminal coronary angioplasties (PTCAs) and bypass); inflammation; thrombogenic diseases; cardiovascular disease associated with metabolic syndrome (e.g., obesity, dyslipidemia, diabetes, high blood pressure); lipid related disorders such as dyslipidemia, hypercholesterolemia, hypertriglyceridemia, sitosterolemia, fatty liver disease, and hepatitis; liver cirrhosis, associated with chronic liver disease, hepatic fibrosis, hepatic stellate cell activation, hepatic fibrous collagen and total collagen accumulation; liver disease of necro-inflammatory and/or of immunological origin; and urogenital system disorders, such as renal fibrosis and renal failure resulting from chronic kidney diseases or insufficiency (e.g. due to accumulation/ deposition and tissue injury, progressive sclerosis, glomerunephritis); prostate hypertrophy; cardiac interstitial fibrosis, cardiac remodeling and fibrosis, heart failure, cardiorenal syndrome; cardiac hypertrophy; diabetic nephropathy b) sexual disorders of conditions: erectile dysfunction; female sexual dysfunction (e.g., female sexual arousal dysfunction), vaginal atrophy and incontinence; or c) wound healing (e.g., in diabetics), microvascular perfusion improvement (e.g., following injury, in perioperative care), microcirculation abnormalities, control of vascular leakage and permeability, for conserving blood substitutes in trauma patients, endothelial dysfunction, inhibition of modulation of platelet aggregation, anal fissures; shock, sepsis, cardiogenic shock, control of leukocyte activation; diabetic ulcers; and wherein said compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof has the following structure:

wherein ring B is a phenyl or a 5 or 6-membered heteroaryl ring, containing 1 or 2 ring heteroatoms selected from N, O or S; n is an integer selected from 0 to 3; each J^(B) is independently selected from halogen, —CN, a C₁₋₆ aliphatic, —OR^(B) or a C₃₋₈ cycloaliphatic group; wherein each said C₁₋₆ aliphatic and each said C₃₋₈ cycloaliphatic group is optionally and independently substituted with up to 3 instances of R³, each R^(B) is independently selected from hydrogen, a C₁₋₆ aliphatic or a C₃₋₈ cycloaliphatic; wherein each said C₁₋₆ aliphatic and each said C₃₋₈ cycloaliphatic ring is optionally and independently substituted with up to 3 instances of R^(3aa); each R³ is independently selected from halogen, —CN, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, —O(C₁₋₄ alkyl) or —O(C₁₋₄ haloalkyl); each R^(i)a is independently selected from halogen, —CN, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, —O(C₁₋₄ alkyl) or —O(C₁₋₄ haloalkyl); o is an integer selected from 0 to 3; each J^(D) is independently selected from halogen, —NO₂, —OR^(D), —SR^(S), —C(O)R^(D), —C(O)OR^(D), —C(O)N(R^(D))₂, —CN, —N(R^(D))₂, —N(R^(d))C(O)R^(D), —N(R^(d))C(O)OR^(D), —SO₂R^(D), —SO₂N(R^(D))₂, —N(R^(d))SO₂R^(D), a —(C₁₋₆ aliphatic, (C₁₋₆ aliphatic)-R^(D), a C₃₋₈ cycloaliphatic ring, a 6 to 10-membered aryl ring, a 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring or a 5 to 10-membered heteroaryl ring; wherein each said 4 to 8-membered heterocylic ring and each said 5 to 10-membered heteroaryl ring contains between 1 and 3 heteroatoms independently selected from O, N or S; and wherein each said C₁₋₆ aliphatic, each said C₃₋₈ cycloaliphatic ring, each said 6 to 10-membered aryl ring, each said 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring and each said 5 to 10-membered heteroaryl ring is optionally and independently substituted with up to 3 instances of R⁵; each R^(D) is independently selected from hydrogen, a C₁₋₆ aliphatic, (C₁₋₆ aliphatic)-R^(f), a C₃₋₈ cycloaliphatic ring, a 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring, phenyl or a 5 to 6-membered heteroaryl ring; wherein each said 4 to 8-membered heterocylic ring and each said 5 to 6-membered heteroaryl ring contains between 1 and 3 heteroatoms independently selected from O, N or S; and wherein each said C₁₋₆ aliphatic, each said C₃₋₈ cycloaliphatic ring, each said 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring, each said phenyl and each said 5 to 6-membered heteroaryl ring is optionally and independently substituted with up to 3 instances of R^(5a); each R^(d) is independently selected from hydrogen, a C₁₋₆ aliphatic, —(C₁₋₆ aliphatic)-R^(f), a C₃₋₈ cycloaliphatic ring, a 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring, phenyl or a 5 to 6-membered heteroaryl ring; wherein each said heterocylic ring and each said heteroaryl ring contains between 1 and 3 heteroatoms independently selected from O, N or S; and wherein each said C₁₋₆ aliphatic, each said C₃₋₈ cycloaliphatic ring, each said 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring, each said phenyl and each said 5 to 6-membered heteroaryl ring is optionally and independently substituted by up to 3 instances of R^(5b); each R^(f) is independently selected from a C₃₋₈ cycloaliphatic ring, a 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring, phenyl or a 5 to 6-membered heteroaryl ring; wherein each said heterocylic ring and each said heteroaryl ring contains between 1 and 3 heteroatoms independently selected from O, N or S; and wherein each said C₃₋₈ cycloaliphatic ring, each said 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring, each said phenyl and each said 5 to 6-membered heteroaryl ring is optionally and independently substituted by up to 3 instances of R^(5c); when J^(D) is —C(O)N(R^(D))₂, —N(R^(D))₂ or SO₂N(R^(D))₂, the two R^(D) groups together with the nitrogen atom attached to the R^(D) groups alternatively form a 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring or a 5-membered heteroaryl ring; wherein each said 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring and each said 5-membered heteroaryl ring optionally contains up to 2 additional heteroatoms independently selected from N, O or S, and wherein each said 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring and each said 5-membered heteroaryl ring is optionally and independently substituted by up to 3 instances of R⁵; when J^(D) is —N(R^(d))C(O)R^(D), the R^(D) group together with the carbon atom attached to the R^(D) group, with the nitrogen atom attached to the R^(d) group, and with the R^(d) group alternatively form a 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring or a 5-membered heteroaryl ring; wherein each said 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring and each said 5-membered heteroaryl ring optionally contains up to 2 additional heteroatoms independently selected from N, O or S, and wherein each said 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring and each said 5-membered heteroaryl ring is optionally and independently substituted by up to 3 instances of R⁵; when J^(D) is —N(R^(d))C(O)OR^(D), the R^(D) group together with the oxygen atom attached to the R^(D) group, with the carbon atom of the —C(O)— portion of the —N(R^(d))C(O)OR^(D) group, with the nitrogen atom attached to the R^(d) group, and with the R^(d) group alternatively form a 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring or a 5-membered heteroaryl ring; wherein each said 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring and each said 5-membered heteroaryl ring optionally contains up to 2 additional heteroatoms independently selected from N, O or S, and wherein each said 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring and each said 5-membered heteroaryl ring is optionally and independently substituted by up to 3 instances of R⁵; when J^(D) is —N(R^(d))SO₂R^(D), the R^(D) group together with the oxygen atom attached to the R^(D) group, with the sulfur atom attached to said oxygen atom in the —SO₂R^(D) portion of the —N(R^(d))SO₂R^(D) group, with the nitrogen atom attached to the R^(d) group, and with the R^(d) group alternatively form a 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring or a 5-membered heteroaryl ring; wherein each said 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring and each said 5-membered heteroaryl ring optionally contains up to 2 additional heteroatoms independently selected from N, O or S, and wherein each said 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring and each said 5-membered heteroaryl ring is optionally and independently substituted by up to 3 instances of R⁵; each R⁵ is independently selected from halogen, —CN, —NO₂, C₁₋₄ alkyl, a C₇₋₁₂ aralkyl, C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl ring, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₄ cyanoalkyl, —OR⁶, —SR⁶, —OCOR⁶, —COR⁶, —C(O)OR⁶, —C(O)N(R⁶)₂, —N(R⁶)C(O)R⁶—N(R⁶)₂, —SO₂R⁶, —SO₂N(R⁶)₂, —N(R⁶)SO₂R⁶, phenyl or an oxo group; wherein each said phenyl group is optionally and independently substituted with up to 3 instances of halogen, —OH, —NH₂, —NH(C₁₋₄ alkyl), —N(C₁₋₄ alkyl)₂, —NO₂, —CN, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, —O(C₁₋₄ alkyl) or —O(C₁₋₄ haloalkyl); and wherein each said C₇₋₁₂ aralkyl and each said cycloalkyl group is optionally and independently substituted with up to 3 instances of halogen; each R^(5a) is independently selected from halogen, —CN, —NO₂, C₁₋₄ alkyl, a C₇₋₁₂ aralkyl, C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl ring, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₄ cyanoalkyl, —OR⁶, —SR⁶, —OCOR⁶, —COR⁶, —C(O)OR⁶, —C(O)N(R⁶)₂, —N(R⁶)C(O)R₆, —(R⁶)², —SO₂R⁶, —SO₂N(R⁶)₂, —N(R⁶)SO₂R⁶, phenyl or an oxo group; wherein each said phenyl group is optionally and independently substituted with up to 3 instances of halogen, —OH, —NH₂, —NH(C₁₋₄ alkyl), —N(C₁₋₄ alkyl)₂, —NO₂, —CN, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, —O(C₁₋₄alkyl) or —O(C₁₋₄haloalkyl); and wherein each said C₇₋₁₂ aralkyl and each said cycloalkyl group is optionally and independently substituted with up to 3 instances of halogen; each R^(5b) is independently selected from halogen, —CN, —NO₂, C₁₋₄ alkyl, a C₇₋₁₂ aralkyl, C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl ring, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₄ cyanoalkyl, —OR⁶, —SR⁶, —OCOR⁶, —COR⁶, —C(O)OR⁶, —C(O)N(R⁶)₂, —N(R⁶)C(O)R⁶, —N(R⁶)₂, —SO₂R⁶, —SO₂N(R⁶)₂, —N(R⁶)SO₂R⁶, phenyl or an oxo group; wherein each said phenyl group is optionally and independently substituted with up to 3 instances of halogen, —OH, —NH₂, —NH(C₁₋₄ alkyl), —N(C₁₋₄ alkyl)₂, —NO₂, —CN, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, —O(C₁₋₄alkyl) or —O(C₁₋₄haloalkyl); and wherein each said C₇₋₁₂ aralkyl and each said cycloalkyl group is optionally and independently substituted with up to 3 instances of halogen; each R^(5c) is independently selected from halogen, —CN, —NO₂, C₁₋₄ alkyl, a C₇₋₁₂ aralkyl, C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl ring, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₄ cyanoalkyl, —OR⁶, —SR⁶, —OCOR⁶, —COR⁶, —C(O)OR⁶, —C(O)N(R⁶)₂, —N(R⁶)C(O)R⁶—N(R⁶)₂, —SO₂R⁶, —SO₂N(R⁶)₂, —N(R⁶)SO₂R⁶, phenyl or an oxo group; wherein each said phenyl group is optionally and independently substituted with up to 3 instances of halogen, —OH, —NH₂, —NH(C₁₋₄ alkyl), —N(C₁₋₄ alkyl)₂, —NO₂, —CN, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, —O(C₁₋₄ alkyl) or —O(C₁₋₄ haloalkyl); and wherein each said C₇₋₁₂ aralkyl and each said cycloalkyl group is optionally and independently substituted with up to 3 instances of halogen; each R⁶ is independently selected from hydrogen, a C₁₋₄ alkyl, a C₂₋₄ alkenyl, phenyl, a C₇₋₁₂ aralkyl or a C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl ring; wherein each said C₁₋₄ alkyl, each said C₂₋₄ alkenyl, each said phenyl, each said C₇₋₁₂ aralkyl and each said cycloalkyl group is optionally and independently substituted with up to 3 instances of halogen; alternatively, two instances of R⁶ linked to the same nitrogen atom of R⁵, together with said nitrogen atom of R⁵, form a 5 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring or a 5-membered heteroaryl ring; wherein each said 5 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring and each said 5-membered heteroaryl ring optionally contains up to 2 additional heteroatoms independently selected from N, O or S; or alternatively, one instance of R⁶ linked to a nitrogen atom of R⁵ and one instance of R⁶ linked to a carbon or sulfur atom of the same R⁵, together with said nitrogen and said carbon or sulfur atom of the same R⁵, form a 5 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring or a 5-membered heteroaryl ring; wherein each said 5 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring and each said 5-membered heteroaryl ring optionally contains up to 2 additional heteroatoms independently selected from N, O or S. or, alternatively, two J^(D) groups attached to two vicinal ring D atoms, taken together with said two vicinal ring D atoms, form a 5 to 7-membered heterocycle resulting in a fused ring D wherein said 5 to 7-membered heterocycle contains from 1 to 3 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O or S; and wherein said 5 to 7-membered heterocycle is optionally and independently substituted by up to 3 instances of halogen, —OH, NH₂, —NH(C₁₋₄ alkyl), —N(C₁₋₄ alkyl)₂, —CN, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, —O(C₁₋₄ alkyl), —O(C₁₋₄ haloalkyl), oxo or phenyl; wherein said phenyl is optionally and independently substituted by up to three instances of halogen, —OH, —NH₂, —NH(C₁₋₄ alkyl), —N(C₁₋₄alkyl)₂, —NO₂, —CN, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, —O(C₁₋₄ alkyl) or —O(C₁₋₄ haloalkyl); R^(C) is a ring C; ring C is a phenyl ring, a monocyclic 5 or 6-membered heteroaryl ring, a bicyclic 8 to 10-membered heteroaryl ring, a monocyclic 3 to 10-membered cycloaliphatic ring, or a monocyclic 4 to 10-membered heterocycle; wherein said monocyclic 5 or 6-membered heteroaryl ring, said bicyclic 8 to 10-membered heteroaryl ring, or said monocyclic 4 to 10-membered heterocycle contain between 1 and 4 heteroatoms selected from N, O or S; wherein said monocyclic 5 or 6-membered heteroaryl ring is not a 1,3,5-triazinyl ring; and wherein said phenyl, monocyclic 5 to 6-membered heteroaryl ring, bicyclic 8 to 10-membered heteroaryl ring, monocyclic 3 to 10-membered cycloaliphatic ring, or monocyclic 4 to 10-membered heterocycle is optionally and independently substituted with up to 3 instances of J^(C); each J^(C) is independently selected from halogen, —CN, —NO₂, a C₁₋₆ aliphatic, —OR^(H), —SR^(H), —N(R^(H))₂, a C₃₋₈ cycloaliphatic ring or a 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring; wherein said 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring contains 1 or 2 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O or S; wherein each said C₁₋₆ aliphatic, each said C₃₋₈ cycloaliphatic ring and each said 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring, is optionally and independently substituted with up to 3 instances of R⁷; or alternatively, two J^(C) groups attached to two vicinal ring C atoms, taken together with said two vicinal ring C atoms, form a 5 to 7-membered heterocycle resulting in a fused ring C; wherein said 5 to 7-membered heterocycle contains from 1 to 2 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O or S; each R^(H) is independently selected from hydrogen, a C₁₋₆ aliphatic, a C₃₋₈ cycloaliphatic ring or a 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring,; wherein each said 4 to 8-membered heterocylic ring contains between 1 and 3 heteroatoms independently selected from O, N or S; and wherein each said C₁₋₆ aliphatic, each said C₃₋₈ cycloaliphatic ring, each said 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring, is optionally and independently substituted with up to 3 instances of R^(7a); alternatively, two instances of R^(H) linked to the same nitrogen atom of J^(C), together with said nitrogen atom off, form a 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring or a 5-membered heteroaryl ring; wherein each said 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring and each said 5-membered heteroaryl ring optionally contains up to 2 additional heteroatoms independently selected from N, O or S, and wherein each said 4 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring and each said 5-membered heteroaryl ring is optionally and independently substituted by up to 3 instances of R^(7b); each R⁷ is independently selected from halogen, —CN, —NO₂, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl ring, —OR⁸, —SR⁸, —N(R⁸)₂, or an oxo group; wherein each said cycloalkyl group is optionally and independently substituted with up to 3 instances of halogen; each R^(7a) is independently selected from halogen, —CN, —NO₂, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl ring, —OR⁸, —N(R⁸)₂, or an oxo group; wherein each said cycloalkyl group is optionally and independently substituted with up to 3 instances of halogen; each R^(7b) is independently selected from halogen, —CN, —NO₂, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl ring, —OR⁸, —N(R⁸)₂, or an oxo group; wherein each said cycloalkyl group is optionally and independently substituted with up to 3 instances of halogen; each R⁸ is independently selected from hydrogen, a C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄haloalkyl or a C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl ring; wherein each said cycloalkyl group is optionally and independently substituted with up to 3 instances of halogen; alternatively, two instances of R⁸ linked to the same nitrogen atom of R⁷, R^(7a) or R^(7b), together with said nitrogen atom of R⁷, R^(7a)or R^(7b), form a 5 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring or a 5-membered heteroaryl ring; wherein each said 5 to 8-membered heterocyclic ring and each said 5-membered heteroaryl ring optionally contains up to 2 additional heteroatoms independently selected from N, O or S; and R^(A) is selected from hydrogen, halogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl or C₁₋₄ haloalkyl.
 115. The method of claim 114, wherein the disease, health condition or disorder is (a) a peripheral or cardiac vascular disorder or health condition selected from: pulmonary hypertension, pulmonary arterial hypertension, and associated pulmonary vascular remodeling, localized pulmonary thrombosis, obstructive thromboanginosis, right heart hypertrophy, pulmonary hypertonia, primary pulmonary hypertension, secondary pulmonary hypertension, familial pulmonary hypertension, sporadic pulmonary hypertension, pre-capillary pulmonary hypertension, idiopathic pulmonary hypertension, thrombotic pulmonary artheriopathy, plexogenic pulmonary artheriopathy; pulmonary hypertension associated with or related to: left ventricular dysfunction, hypoxemia, mitral valve disease, constrictive pericarditis, aortic stenosis, cardiomyopathy, mediastinal fibrosis, pulmonary fibrosis, anomalous pulmonary venous drainage, pulmonary venooclusive disease, pulmonary vasculitis, collagen vascular disease, congenital heart disease, pulmonary venous hypertension, interstitial lung disease, sleep-disordered breathing, apnea, alveolar hypoventilation disorders, chronic exposure to high altitude, neonatal lung disease, alveolar-capillary dysplasia, sickle cell disease, other coagulation disorders, chronic thromboembolism, pulmonary embolism, peripheral embolism, connective tissue disease, lupus, schistosomiasis, sarcoidosis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, bronchoconstriction, pulmonary vasoconstriction, acute pulmonary distress syndrome, emphysema, chronic bronchitis, pulmonary capillary hemangiomatosis; histiocytosis X, lymphangiomatosis or compressed pulmonary vessels; (b) liver cirrhosis, (c) a urogenital system disorder selected from renal fibrosis, renal failure resulting from chronic kidney diseases or insufficiency, erectile dysfunction or female sexual dysfunction. (d) wound healing, microvascular perfusion improvement, microcirculation abnormalities, control of vascular leakage and permeability, for conserving blood substitutes in trauma patients, endothelial dysfunction, inhibition of modulation of platelet aggregation, anal fissures.
 116. The method of claim 115, wherein the disease, health condition or disorder is pulmonary hypertension, pulmonary arterial hypertension, and associated pulmonary vascular remodeling, localized pulmonary thrombosis, obstructive thromboanginosis, right heart hypertrophy, pulmonary hypertonia, primary pulmonary hypertension, secondary pulmonary hypertension, familial pulmonary hypertension, sporadic pulmonary hypertension, pre-capillary pulmonary hypertension, idiopathic pulmonary hypertension, thrombotic pulmonary arteriopathy, plexogenic pulmonary arteriopathy or chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, bronchoconstriction, pulmonary vasoconstriction, acute pulmonary distress syndrome, liver cirrhosis, renal fibrosis, renal failure resulting from chronic kidney diseases or insufficiency, erectile dysfunction, female sexual dysfunction or wound healing.
 117. The method of claim 116, wherein the disease, health condition or disorder is pulmonary hypertension, pulmonary arterial hypertension, and associated pulmonary vascular remodeling, pulmonary hypertonia, primary pulmonary hypertension, secondary pulmonary hypertension, familial pulmonary hypertension, sporadic pulmonary hypertension, pre-capillary pulmonary hypertension or idiopathic pulmonary hypertension.
 118. The method of claim 114, further comprising administering an effective amount of one or more additional therapeutic agents to the subject.
 119. The method of claim 118, wherein the one or more additional therapeutic agents are selected from endothelium-derived releasing factor, NO donors, substances that enhance cGMP concentrations, nitric oxide synthase substrates, compounds which enhance eNOS transcription, NO-independent heme-independent sGC activators, heme-dependent sGC stimulators; inhibitors of cGMP degradation, calcium channel blockers, endothelin receptor antagonists, prostacyclin derivatives, antihyperlipidemics, anticoagulants, antiplatelet drugs, ACE inhibitors, supplemental oxygen, beta blockers, antiarrhythmic agents, diuretics, exogenous vasodilators, bronchodilators, corticosteroids, dietary supplements, PGD2 receptor antagonists, immunosuppressants, non-steroidal antiasthmatics, non-steroidal anti-inflammatory agents, cyclooxygenase-2 inhibitors or anti-diabetic agents.
 120. (canceled)
 121. The method of claim 114, wherein said compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is selected from:


122. The method of claim 114, wherein the disease is a health disorder related to high blood pressure and decreased coronary blood flow selected from: increased acute and chronic coronary blood pressure, arterial hypertension, vascular disorder resulting from heart disease, stroke, cerebral ischemia, or renal failure, congestive heart failure, thromboembolic disorders, ischemias, myocardial infarction, stroke, transient ischemic attacks, stable or unstable angina pectoris, arrhythmias, diastolic dysfunction, coronary insufficiency.
 123. The method of claim 122, wherein the disease is a health disorder related to high blood pressure and decreased coronary blood flow selected from: stroke, cerebral ischemia, thromboembolic disorders or transient ischemic attacks.
 124. The method of claim 114, wherein the disease is selected from liver cirrhosis, hepatic fibrosis, hepatic stellate cell activation, hepatic fibrous collagen and total collagen accumulation or liver disease of necro-inflammatory and/or of immunological origin.
 125. The method of claim 114, wherein the disease a urogenital system disorder selected from renal fibrosis or renal failure resulting from chronic kidney diseases or insufficiency.
 126. The method of claim 121, wherein the disease is a health disorder related to high blood pressure and decreased coronary blood flow selected from: increased acute and chronic coronary blood pressure, arterial hypertension, vascular disorder resulting from heart disease, stroke, cerebral ischemia, or renal failure, congestive heart failure, thromboembolic disorders, ischemias, myocardial infarction, stroke, transient ischemic attacks, stable or unstable angina pectoris, arrhythmias, diastolic dysfunction, coronary insufficiency.
 127. The method of claim 126, wherein the disease is a health disorder related to high blood pressure and decreased coronary blood flow selected from: stroke, cerebral ischemia, thromboembolic disorders or transient ischemic attacks.
 128. The method of claim 121, wherein the disease is selected from liver cirrhosis, hepatic fibrosis, hepatic stellate cell activation, hepatic fibrous collagen and total collagen accumulation or liver disease of necro-inflammatory and/or of immunological origin.
 129. The method of claim 121, wherein the disease a urogenital system disorder selected from renal fibrosis or renal failure resulting from chronic kidney diseases or insufficiency. 